Catalog Book.indb

					                                 Welcome to

        Mt. Hood
Community College
             26000 SE Stark Street
           Gresham, Oregon 97030                                             TABLE        OF   CONTENTS
                  Located in the shadow of majestic
             Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over 30,000           HOW TO ENROLL ............................................... 3-6
             people annually. Classes are offered on        DEGREE REQUIREMENTS .................................... 7-12
             the 200-acre main campus in Gresham,
               Oregon, as well as satellite campuses        EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS
                            throughout the district.          Professional-Technical Programs................... 14-65
                                                              Special Studies ..........................................66-69
             The MHCC district comprises an area of
             about 950 square miles with a popula-            Transfer Information .................................. 70-71
                       tion of more than 216,000.             Transfer Curricula ....................................... 72-93
                                                            COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ................................. 95-194
                                                            GENERAL & STUDENT INFORMATION
                                                              Academic Regulation ...............................196-204
                                                              Student & Community Resources .............. 204-208
                                                              Special Programs.....................................208-210
                                                              Student Rights........................................ 211-213
                                                              College Mission & Facts ...........................213-214
                                                            EXECUTIVE STAFF & COLLEGE BOARD..............215-216
                                                            PROFESSIONAL STAFF ..................................216-219
                                                            INDEX .......................................................220-222



             VISIT    US ON THE INTERNET
 For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community
  College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:
                      www.mhcc.edu
                                                        1
Equal Opportunity                                                               Bienvenido!
It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment            Mt. Hood Community College se enorgullece de contar con la preferencia
opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and                de la comunidad latina.
employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex,        MHCC ofrece los recursos necesarios para aquellos que quieran en-
age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by ap-          riquecer su experiencia universitaria y provee los instrumentos para
plicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws       una educación y vida exitosa a los estudiantes latinos a través de su
enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor,                personal bilingüe, asesorías académicas, orientación vocacional y
including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and          programas para el desarrollo de liderazgo.
Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act
of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s            Programa de Transiciones
Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the           Respondiendo a las necesidades de la comunidad Latina, el Programa
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute              de Transiciones asiste a padres solteros y amas de casa a continuar su
659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations         educación y explorar opciones de carrera. Para más información llama
should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503-           al 503-491-6972.
491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and
Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-491-7202; the Office of Civil Rights,          Asesoramiento Académico
Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office             El collegion tiene personal bilingüe para asistir a los estudiantes a
of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San               matricularse en clases y a desarrollar planes de estudios de acuerdo a
Francisco, CA.                                                                  sus intereses. Para más información comuniquese con Cecilia Sattergren
                                                                                at 503-491-7376 para asesoramiento académico o Susana Godoy para
                                                                                ayuda financiera al 503-491-7345.
                                                                                Clases de Inglés como Segunda Lengua y GED.
The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative            El colegio ofrece numerosas clases para el aprendizaje del inglés y GED
format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923         en español. Para más información comuniquese con David Arguello al
(503-491-7670 TDD).                                                             503-491-7567.
While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in         MEChA Club
this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes
at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between        El Club MEChA es una de las las organizaciones más activas en el cole-
Mt. Hood Community College and current or prospective students.                 gio. El club toma parte en varias actividades, organiza la celebración
                                                                                anual del Cinco de Mayo, patrociana eventos para recaudar fondos y
Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly                es un gran medio para que los estudiantes hagan nuevas amistades.
schedules for details.                                                          Para más información comuniquese con Al Sigala, Consejero del Club
                                                                                al 503-491-7213.




                                                                            2
                                                                                                       How to Enroll
Step 1. Apply for Admission                                                     Returning Enrollment
                                                                                Students will need to obtain a signature of approval from an advisor in the
  Admissions and Records Office                        Room AC 2250              Academic Advising and Transfer Center on each registration form before they
  503-491-7393                              www.mhcc.edu/admissions             may register. These returning students do not have to see the Executive
                                                                                Dean unless the student is not making satisfactory academic progress
Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions and Records          as defined by the college.
Office. New students registering for credit bearing coursework must pay a
one-time, nonrefundable admission fee when they return their form.
                                                                                Students Age 16 and Older
                                                                                Initial Enrollment
Gen-eral                                                                        Students who have not graduated from high school or been released from
                                                                                compulsory attendance must do the following:
Mt. Hood Community College has an open-entry general admission policy
and welcomes all students who can benefit from instruction regardless of         • Meet with an advisor in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center prior
their educational background. Some programs or circumstances have                  to registration in any class
additional admission requirements. Those programs or circum-                    • Take the College Placement Test if deemed necessary by the advi-
stances are listed below.                                                         sor
The first step to enroll at MHCC is to complete a Student Admission Form.        • Complete the “High School Permission Form”. This form includes the
The form is available:                                                            “Release Agreement for Potential Injury and Liability” and is valid
                                                                                  for 12 months.
• MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu/admissions/applications
• Schedule of classes each term                                                 Returning Enrollment

• Admissions and Records Office                                                  These students follow the same guidelines for registration as students
                                                                                18 years of age and older.
 You may submit the form by:
                                                                                Home-Schooled Students any age
• Fax                 503-491-7388
                                                                                Home-schooled students will follow one of the specific procedures as
• In person           Admissions and Records Office                              outlined above.
• Mail                Mt. Hood Community College
                      Admissions and Records Office                              Students under Age 18
                      26000 SE Stark St.                                        Released from compulsory attendance
                      Gresham, OR 97030                                         Students, who have been released from compulsory attendance, must:
                                                                                • Submit the “Release from compulsory Attendance Form” to the Admis-
Underage Students – credit coursework                                              sions & Records Office. This form is obtained from the student’s resident
Persons under 18 years of age, who have not graduated from high school,            high school district.
shall follow special admissions procedures to enroll.                           Note: These students follow the same guidelines for admission and
                                                                                registration as students 18 years of age or older.
Students Age 15 and Under
Initial Enrollment                                                              Financial Aid Eligibility of Under-Age Students
New students age 15 or under, must see the Executive Dean of                    For the purposes of financial aid eligibility, “underage” students are not
Student Development and Services, prior to initial registration.                “regular” students and are therefore not aid eligible. Regular students
Students seeking to meet with the Executive Dean need to contact                are defined as degree seeking students. Students concurrently enrolled
the Administrative Assistant at 503-491-7317.                                   in high school and MHCC are by federal regulation ineligible for financial
                                                                                aid. If a student is age 16 or older, has been released from compulsory
Student must bring to the meeting with the Executive Dean of Stu-               high school attendance, and has completed a GED and/or completes
dent Development and Services:                                                  the College Placement Test to meet the “Ability to Benefit” require-
• Letter of request from student                                                ments, they may be aid eligible. The Office of Financial Aid will make
• Letter of support from high school counselor (or ESD for home-                the final determination of aid eligibility status based on documentation
  schooled students) addressing the student’s maturity and readiness            provided by the student.
  for college experiences
• High School Permission Form                                                   Under-Age Students - non-credit coursework
• Application for Underage Student Admission Checklist form - (com-             Any student under the age of 18 may take “Continuing Education” classes,
  pleted)                                                                       regardless of age, without special approval of MHCC staff. However, their
                                                                                parent or guardian must sign a “Release Agreement for Potential Injury
• College Placement Test (CPT) scores - (completed)                             or Liability Form”. This form is available in the Admissions and Records
The Executive Dean of Student Development and Services will notify the          Office, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the web site. This form
instructor(s) in the division(s) the student is taking classes. The above       will be kept on file in the Admissions and Records Office.
information will be included in the Executive Dean’s decision-making
process. If the Executive Dean approves the admission of the student,
the registration schedule will be signed indicating such approval. The
approval will be for 12 months.
The Executive Dean’s decision as to whether the student will be al-
lowed to enroll will be final.




                                                                            3
International Students                                                              completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The
                                                                                    deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so
To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College, interna-              it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program.
tional students must submit the following to the Admissions Office:                  The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that the applicant
• An International Student Application, MHCC Student Admission Form,                has satisfied minimum criteria. The Admissions and Records Office will
   and the non-refundable application fee                                           notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion
                                                                                    of the selection process.
• Financial Statement, Affidavit of Support, and official supporting finan-
  cial documents (such as a bank statement)                                         Limited-Entry Programs
• Documentation of Measles vaccination and Tuberculosis testing                     Limited-Entry Programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Ap-
• Photocopies of the passport ID page                                               plicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria
                                                                                    has been met. Application packets for these programs are available on
• Students transferring from another US institution must submit a Transfer          our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and
  Clearance form from the current school, a copy of their I-20, and official         Records Office.
  transcripts.
                                                                                    Restricted-Entry Programs
• Proof of English proficiency in one of the following ways:
                                                                                    Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admis-
  · Submit an official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)                 sions application procedures and meet program criteria before be-
     score of at least 500 (paper based test) or 173 (computer-based                ing considered for acceptance into the program. In addition, each
     test). Students who score at least 450 on the paper based TOEFL or
                                                                                    restricted-entry program has a non-refundable application fee due at
     133 on the computerized test may enroll in developmental English
     classes during their first year. Admission to the college will be granted       time of application.
     upon completion of the English Language classes with grades of “C”             Further information regarding Limited or Restricted-Entry programs is
     or better.                                                                     available on page 196.
  · Graduation from an American high school with attendance at that
     school for at least one year with a 2.00 grade point average (GPA) and         Step 2. Arrange for Financial Aid
     successful completion of the Mt. Hood Community College Placement
                                                                                         The Office of Student Financial Aid            Room AC 1152
     Test (CPT)
                                                                                         503-491-7262
  · Successful completion of an English Language Program with a mini-                    www.mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/finaid
     mum GPA of 2.00
  · Transfer students from an accredited United States college or uni-
                                                                                    The Office of Financial Aid at Mt. Hood Community College helps students
     versity that have completed a minimum of 12 credit hours with the
     minimum GPA of 2.00. The courses must include college level English            apply for and receive all major types of Title IV federal and State of Oregon
     composition.                                                                   financial aid, including grants, work, loans and scholarships. Additional
                                                                                    information regarding the specific types of grants, work, loans and scholar-
• MHCC is not authorized to admit international students into our                   ships are described on page 206.
  aviation programs.
                                                                                    The Office of Financial Aid provides materials, resources and helpful
• All international students holding an F-1 visa must provide proof                 staff to guide students through the application process.
  of health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood
  Community College.                                                                General Eligibility Requirements
                                                                                    To apply for aid, applicants must:
Co-Admission – Mt. Hood Community College/                                          · Be at least 16 years old
Portland State University                                                           · Be a U.S. citizens or an eligible non-citizen
Through a special admission process students can be admitted to both in-            · Have earned a high school diploma or a GED
stitutions as they pursue their freshman and sophomore years at MHCC.
                                                                                    · Have “adequate” placement test scores if they are without a
Co-admitted students enjoy:                                                           high school diploma or a GED
• One application for co-admission                                                  · Be in pursuit of a degree or certificate in an eligible program
• Academic Advising from both institutions                                            (at least 24 credits or six months in length)
• Library privileges at both institutions                                           · Be registered with the Selective Service if they are male and at
                                                                                      least 18 years old
• Coordinated financial aid and scholarships
Applications and information is available at Mt. Hood Community College,            How to Apply
503-491-7315; Portland State University, 503-725-9546; or at our website,             First time financial aid applicants:
http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_c.                          · On-line: on the internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov
                                                                                         Personal Identification Numbers (PIN) must be requested and received
Limited or Restricted-Entry Programs                                                     before filing electronically. If the PIN is not supplied at the time of
Some of our programs have enrollment limits and/or other requirements                    electronic filing, a physical signature page must be printed, signed and
before a student may register. The entry type of each program is listed                  submitted by regular, surface mail.
at the top of each program description page. These programs require                 or
special application procedures.
                                                                                    · Paper: complete a paper FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Application packets for limited and restricted programs are available                 Aid). Forms for this option are available in any financial aid office,
on the web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions                     in most high school counseling offices and some public libraries.
and Records Office. Each packet includes the information and forms
necessary for applicants to apply for the program in which they are
interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only




                                                                                4
Previous financial aid recipients:                                                   the AATC, or from their home computers. The orientation provides
   Students will usually receive a “Renewal Application” by mail sometime           students with key information about the college, degree options, and
   before January 1 of each year. The applicant, to ensure that the FAFSA           the registration process.
   results are sent to all colleges desired, must enter school codes or             Once orientation is completed, new students will work with an academic
   complete addresses for prospective colleges.                                     advisor to create a schedule of classes.
Conditions for Awards                                                               Beyond the first term, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center
The following three items are the key conditions reviewed when awarding             remains the place to come for advising for those students completing
financial aid:                                                                       skill-building courses (e.g. RD90, WR90, MTH10, MTH20), those exploring
                                                                                    program options, and those preparing to enter one of MHCC’s limited
  1. The size of the Expected Family Contribution (EFC)
                                                                                    or restricted entry programs. Students may make an appointment with
      The FAFSA data is used to calculate this number. This number is               an advisor to develop an educational plan, review degree progress,
      used to determine eligibility for most types of financial aid.                 or receive an unofficial evaluation of transfer credit. Students may
  2. The budget of the student while in college                                     also drop in and utilize resources located in the Transfer Center. The
                                                                                    Transfer Center includes a library of college catalogs, advising guides
  3. Availability of the types of aid
                                                                                    for popular college majors, and internet access to transfer schools and
Application Verification                                                             programs nationwide.
All schools and colleges must verify some of the data on a percentage of            Continuing students who have declared a major should seek informa-
FAFSA applications. All students must submit at least unofficial grade               tion and assistance primarily from their faculty advisor. Meet with
transcripts from all colleges previously attended before the review                 your faculty advisor periodically to make sure you are on the right
process will be considered complete.                                                track to meet your goals. Contact information for faculty advisors is
This office must be notified of official transcripts already submitted to              available at www.mhcc.edu/advising and on specific program pages
the Admissions and Records Office.                                                   of this catalog.

Aid Disbursement
After the student accepts their financial aid award, it is posted to their
account and they can use that (except bank loans) directly to pay their
                                                                                    Step 5. Register for Classes
tuition and fees. Any remaining aid will be disbursed as a check that can              Admissions and Records Office                  Room AC 2250
be used to buy books, pay for room and board, transportation and miscel-               503-491-7393             www.mhcc.edu/admissions/registration
laneous supplies and personal items.
                                                                                    Registration is available for currently enrolled, returning and new students
                                                                                    via Touch Tone, Web, and in person as explained in our quarterly sched-
Step 3. Visit the Testing/                                                          ule of classes. Mail in registration is accepted for Continuing Education
                                                                                    courses only.
Assessment Center                                                                   The quarterly schedule of classes is mailed to all in-district residents and is
   Testing Services                                 Room AC 2335                    available on our campus and on the MHCC web site at www.mhcc.edu.
   503-491-7678             www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/testing
                                                                                    Please use the following checklist to review required steps prior to reg-
                                                                                    istration:
Testing Services is often one of the first stops for potential students. To be       ❑ Complete the Student Admission Form, submit it to the Admissions
properly placed into courses, new students must take a College Placement                and Records Office and pay the one-time nonrefundable admission
Test (CPT). This test, which covers reading, writing and mathematics, helps             fee if registering for the first time for credit courses.
to assess your academic readiness and will help you choose classes that
fit your present skill level.                                                        ❑ Take the College Placement Test (CPT) if you plan to take six or more
                                                                                      credit hours or if you plan to take any course in English composition,
You may not have to take the placement test if:                                       mathematics, chemistry or reading.
· You have transcripted coursework in reading, writing, and/or mathemat-
  ics. Bring a copy of your transcript to the Academic Advising and Transfer        OR
  Center for assistance.                                                               Bring college transcripts if you have completed English composition
                                                                                       and a mathematics course, both with a grade of “C” or higher to the
· You have taken a college placement test at another college within the                Academic Advising and Transfer Center or fax to 503-491-7388 so that
  last 12 months. Bring a copy of your score report to Testing Services                the CPT may be waived.
  to have your scores evaluated. Students may be asked to take only the
  Math part of the CPT.                                                             ❑ Update your student record with the Admissions and Records Office if
                                                                                      changes have occurred to your name, address, phone number and/or
· You are taking fewer than 6 credits that do not include reading, writing,           major.
  mathematics or chemistry courses.
                                                                                    ❑ Complete an education plan by meeting with a staff member in the
                                                                                      Academic Advising and Transfer Center or a faculty advisor.

Step 4. Talk to an Advisor                                                          ❑ Review a current schedule of classes to select courses and to learn
                                                                                      important dates, policies and procedures.
   Academic Advising and Transfer Center         Room AC 2182                       ❑ Complete a registration form or Touch Tone or web worksheet with
   503- 491-7315                www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising                       the courses you have selected.
                                                                                    ❑ Register via Touch Tone, Web, or in person. Mail in registration is
The next stop for most new students is the Academic Advising and Transfer             available for Continuing Education classes only.
Center (AATC). Prior to sitting down with an advisor, students may have
the option to attend an in-person orientation session or complete an on-            ❑ Make arrangements to pay tuition and fees with the Cashier’s Office.
line orientation, www.mhcc.edu/orientation. Those students selecting                Registration assistance is available in the Academic Advising and Transfer
the on-line version may complete the orientation in the Testing Center,             Center or in the Admissions and Records Office.



                                                                                5
Please see the Academic Regulations section of this catalog for important          College Services paid for by check will be provided two weeks after payment
information regarding adding, dropping, withdrawal from school, waiting            occurs. An example of services include official transcript requests, award-
lists, attendance and no-show drop policy.                                         ing of degrees and certificates, catalog purchases, and GED testing; but
                                                                                   does not apply to tuition payment.
                                                                                   Student Financial Responsibility
Step 6. Pay for Classes                                                            By enrolling or having enrolled as a student at Mt. Hood Community College,
  Business Office – Student Billing Accounts Receivable                             you agree to be responsible for all charges on your student account and
  Room AC 2260                     503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276                    abide by the student account practices and policies. Students will be held
  www.mhcc.edu/admissions/financial_matters                                         accountable for understanding the practices and policies of college billing
                                                                                   and collections. Detailed descriptions are provided on pages 198-199 of
College Tuition and Fees                                                           this catalog. They include:
The MHCCD Board of Education sets tuition rates and reserves the right to          • Types of Fees                         • Definition of Terms
make changes without notice. The amount of tuition you pay is determined           • Student Account Statements           • Past Due Accounts
by your residency and by the number of credit hours you are taking. Some           • Collections                          • Refunds
classes require an additional course fee. There may be other types of fees
assessed as well. A full description of tuition and fees are listed in the         • Student Rights and
quarterly schedule of classes or on the web.                                         Responsibilities
Payment Due Date                                                                   This information is also available:
Payment for all tuition and fees is due on or before the published due date,       • In the applicable student handbook and brochures
usually the first day of the term. All charges on your student account must         • In the quarterly schedule of classes
be paid in full before you can register for another term.
                                                                                   • On the MHCC website.
Payment Options
The college has four options available for payment. No other payment
arrangements are available.
1. Pay all tuition and fees by the first day of the term. If a student
                                                                                   Step 7. Plan for Success
   registers after the term begins, payment is due the day of registra-            After you have taken care of all of the details needed to apply, enroll and
   tion. This includes courses added from wait lists.                              register at Mt. Hood, you want to enjoy your time here, as well as maintain
                                                                                   a good academic career. Certainly good study skills, adequate preparation,
2. Student Installment Payment Note                                                and attendance are important. Sometimes, though, other factors may af-
  Student may opt to arrange for a deferred payment plan. Tuition/fees             fect how you persist at the school. We have many options that can assist
  may be deferred if:                                                              you in this endeavor:
  • The student registers using an official social security number                  Career planning/Declaring a major
  • Tuition/fees total $100 or more                                                The most successful students are those who have connected with a career
  • No other monies are owed to the college                                        focus and with faculty who share those career interests. Choosing a major
                                                                                   is an important step in your academic life. Choosing a career and a major
  Student Installment Payment Notes are not available to international
                                                                                   requires some introspection on your part. Our Career Planning and Counsel-
  students. If classes have been added after the Student Installment
                                                                                   ing Center located in Room AC 2182 can help you discern your interests,
  Payment Note has been signed, call Accounts Receivable immediately,
                                                                                   skills, abilities and values, and tie those to majors and careers. You can
  503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276. Additional charges to the student ac-
                                                                                   declare your major at any time; just look for the major change forms in
  count may cause changes in the required minimum payment. Failure to
                                                                                   the academic and student services departments. For more information,
  pay the new minimum payment would drop the student from the Student
                                                                                   call 503-491-7432.
  Installment Payment Note plan.
3. Financial Aid/Scholarship                                                       Design an educational plan
  If a student’s financial aid is not available by the first day of the term         Once you have chosen a career path and major, it is imperative that you
  or does not completely cover their tuition amount, they should select            design an educational plan that will lead you to the correct degree and its
  option 1 or 2 above. If a balance remains on their student account               requirements. The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (AATC) can assist
  past the due date, the account is subject to late fees and collection            you with this, as well as with many other advising needs. Once you choose
  costs.                                                                           a major, you should work with your assigned academic advisor, who will be
                                                                                   in your career field. In the AATC, a well-stocked Transfer Information Center
4. Agency or Company                                                               is available on line and in hard copy; advisors can also help you with many
  Arrangements for payment by an agency or company must be pre-ap-                 important issues in the transfer process. The number is 503-491-7315 and
  proved by the college. The student is responsible to ensure that a               the Center is located in Room AC 2182.
  payment authorization is on file in the College’s Accounts Receivable
                                                                                   Tutoring and assistance
  department by the first day of the term. Ultimately the student is
  responsible for payment of all unpaid charges, including late fees and           If you have difficulties with your academic work, don’t delay in asking for
  third party service fees.                                                        help. The Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides a wide array of services,
                                                                                   including tutoring and learning strategies workshops that could assist you.
Payment Types                                                                      The LAC is located on the Mezzanine of the Library. For information, call
All payments must be made in US funds. Acceptable payment types                    503-491-7108. Of course, you should always utilize the office hours of your
include:                                                                           instructors for assistance and questions about their courses.
   • Cash        • Money Order                                                     If you find that you have difficulties with finances, outside pressures or
   • Visa        • MasterCard                                                      need a job or any other type of assistance, please contact any member of
   • Check                                                                         the Student Development and Services staff on campus. They will be able
                                                                                   to refer you to an appropriate source.




                                                                               6
                                                                        Degree Requirements
Associate of Applied Science                                                         Six additional quarter-credit hours from any of the following
                                                                                     areas:
Degree                                                                               1. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters)
(Professional-Technical Programs)                                                        Select from social science and/or humanities. (Maximum of
The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students                      three credit hours in skill-oriented classes within the humani-
who satisfy the following requirements:                                                  ties category.)
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs                  2. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science
   may require more than 90 credit hours.)                                               Select from science, mathematics, and/or computer science.
  Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Edu-                     (Mathematics must be MTH20 or higher.)
  cation courses on page 200, with regard to courses not applicable
  toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certificate.                          3. Communications

2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical       6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood
   curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be             Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which
   vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a             the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College
   lower level course may not be taken for credit.                                 Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge,
                                                                                   Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not
  Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless               satisfy this requirement.
  specified in the course description or unless specifically required in
  a program curriculum.                                                           If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in at-
                                                                                  tendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remain-
3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.                    ing credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or
4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree            university.
   and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course         This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the
   prefixes such as DH, EET, NUR, etc.)                                            courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain
5. Successfully complete required general education courses.                      written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment
                                                                                  and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the
  Students who are pursuing an MHCC Associate of Applied Science                  coursework.
  (AAS) degree at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or
  higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have           7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable gradua-
  satisfied the general education requirements for the AAS degree.                  tion application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion
  However, students must complete or have completed the program                    (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
  specific general education requirements within a certificate or AAS               Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 and
  degree.                                                                         above may be applied toward the AAS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S,
                                                                                  and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education
  General Education
                                                                                  Courses.)
  Courses must be selected from the approved list of General Education
  courses for the Associate of Applied Science Degree, (see page 8).              Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an
                                                                                  interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general educa-
  A. Health/Physical Education                                                    tion credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer
     A minimum of three credits in Physical Education (PE) and/or in              to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman
     Health Education (HE/HPE). A maximum of 9 credits of PE may                  inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15
     be applied to the AAS degree.                                                credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive
     Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an                credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.
     Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic
     training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.                            Associate of General Studies Degree
  B. Communications                                                             The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student
     Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 or WR121.        an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two
     Other communication courses may satisfy the distribution require-          years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for
     ments only; refer to the approved general education course list.           the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower
  C. Mathematics                                                                division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies
                                                                                degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divi-
     Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher.       sional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate
     (MTH33, MTH34, MTH35 are accepted for Automotive, Machine Tool             transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and
     Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.)                  general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this
  D. Human Relations                                                            degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements
                                                                                of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The
     Three quarter-credit hours; refer to the approved general education        transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered
     course list below.                                                         100 or above. Please refer to page 200, “Courses Numbered 100-299,”
  E. Distribution                                                               for more information.
                                                                                The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students
                                                                                who satisfy the following requirements:



                                                                            7
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours.                              Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Chal-
2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies cur-         lenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does
   riculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is,          not satisfy this requirement.
   once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course            If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in at-
   may not be taken for credit.                                                   tendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remain-
  Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless              ing credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or
  specified in the course description or unless specifically required in            university.
  a program curriculum.                                                           This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the
  Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved         courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain
  general education courses (see page 8). The list is available in the            written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment
  Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer                and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the
  Center or from the program advisor.                                             coursework.
  A. Health and Physical Education                                              6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable gradua-
                                                                                   tion application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion
     A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class              (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
     in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE).
     Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Life-            Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an
     guard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies            interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general educa-
     the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two               tion credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer
     credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one ad-                to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman
     ditional credit in either health or physical education. (A maximum           inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15
     of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AGS degree.)                     credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive
     Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an                credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.
     Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic
     training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.                            Certificate Requirements
  B. Communications                                                             The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the
     Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or             following requirements:
     WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits             1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate
     in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits            program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be
     in writing and BA205. (Refer to the approved general education                vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a
     course list below.)
                                                                                   lower level course may not be taken for credit.
  C. Mathematics                                                                2. All programs of study of one academic year or more in length for
     Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher           which certificates are granted require a recognizable body of instruc-
     (except MTH33, MTH34, MTH35).                                                 tion in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation
                                                                                   (mathematics), and 3) human relations. Please refer to the individual
  D. Human Relations                                                               program for specific courses.
     Three quarter-credit hours; refer to the approved general education          Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless
     course list below.                                                           specified in the course description or unless specifically required in
  E. Humanities (Arts and Letters)                                                a program curriculum.
     12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six             Students who are pursuing an MHCC certificate at MHCC who have
     credit hours in skill oriented classes).                                     earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institu-
  F. Social Sciences                                                              tion of higher education will have satisfied the general education
                                                                                  requirements for the certificate. However, students must complete
     12 credit hours in social science.                                           or have completed the program specific general education course
  G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science                                         requirements within a certificate.
     9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science.              3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.
     (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this require-
     ment.)                                                                     4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate
                                                                                   and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes.
  H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more
     than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total         5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College
     90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course                and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is com-
     number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental              pleted. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program,
     Education courses, see page 200.                                              Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit,
                                                                                   International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.
     A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 or higher
     may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and                 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable gradua-
     ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education                    tion application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion
     Courses.)                                                                     (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.                  The following is a list of general education courses, currently of-
4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree          fered at Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate
   and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not            of Applied Science Degree, the Associate of General Studies Degree,
   a “C” in every class).                                                       and the Certificate of Completion. For additional approved general
                                                                                education courses no longer offered, please check the master list
5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood
   Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which
   the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College




                                                                            8
available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer             *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212,
Center, or from your program advisor. Courses numbered 199 will qualify         MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263,
as elective credit only.                                                        *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297
Health and Physical Education                                                   PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208
  HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253,                R210, R211, R212
  HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL,                   RD117
  PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement),
  PE292SWT, PE294                                                               RUS101, RUS102, RUS103, RUS111, RUS112, RUS113
                                                                                SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262
Communications (distribution only for AAS)
  BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101,                SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150,
  WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123                                                    SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203
                                                                                TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA144, TA148,
Mathematics                                                                     TA241
  MTH20, MTH33**, MTH34**, MTH35**, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85,                 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248
  MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213,
  MTH231, MTH243, MTH244, MTH245, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253,                       *Skill oriented class
  MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261                                              Social Sciences
**These classes are accepted as meeting the mathematics and the sci-            ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212,
  ence/mathematics/computer science distribution requirement for the            ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232
  Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship               EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203
  AAS degrees only.
                                                                                GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290
Human Relations                                                                 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203,
  ANTH103, ANTH180, BA202, GEOG107, HD204, HST211, HST212,                      HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264,
  HST213, HST220, HT141, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202,                        HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294
  INTL101, J211, PHL202, PHL208, PS200, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215,             INTL101, IS210
  PS220, PS225, PS241, PS297, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203,                   J211
  PSY214, PSY216, PSY225, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237,
  PSY239, SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216,               PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220,
                                                                                PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297
  SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SP115, SP218, SPD204, WS101
                                                                                PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231,
Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters)                                    PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239
Humanities (Arts and Letters)                                                   SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223,
  ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211,               SOC225, SOC232, SOC291
  ART212, ART213, *ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227,                  WS101
  ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254,
  *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B,            Science/Mathematics/Computer Science
  *ART259B, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266,               AH11
  *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291,
  *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, *ART297                          BA231
  ASL101, ASL102, ASL103, ASL201, ASL202, ASL203                                BI101, BI102, BI103, BI110, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188,
                                                                                BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240
  ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113,
  ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214,               BINF290
  ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263,               BT103
  ENG275,                                                                       CH104, CH105, CH106, CH110, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223,
  ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W                                                     CH241, CH242, CH243
  FA257, FA258, FA266                                                           CIS120/L, CIS122, CIS133PA, CIS133PB, CIS133SQL, CIS133XML,
  FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR201, FR202, FR203,                CIS140, CIS144, CS133JA, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA,
  FR211, FR212, FR213                                                           CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260
  GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202,               ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213
  GER203                                                                        F240
  HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210                        FN225
  JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202,               FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254
  JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213                                                G148, G165, G201, G202, G203
  *MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123,                         GE101, GE102, GE115
  *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171-192, *MUP201, *MUP205,
  *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246,                         GS104, GS105, GS106
  *MUP271-292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113,                  MTH20 MTH33*, MTH34*, MTH35* (Associate of Applied Science
  *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124,                only)
  *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137,
                                                                                MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112,
  *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161,




                                                                          9
  MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244,                        4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective
  MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261                            credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for
  PH104, PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203,                   the Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree (see page 11). The
  PH211, PH212, PH213                                                               list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and
                                                                                    Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from
  * These classes are accepted as meeting the mathematics and the                   the program advisor.
  science/mathematics/computer science distribution requirement for
  the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprentice-                  General Requirements
  ship AAS degrees only.                                                            A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency
Distribution (Associate of Applied Science only)                                       One quarter-credit hour of college level computer-based course-
                                                                                       work.
  Six credits from any of the following areas:
                                                                                    B. Health and Physical Education
  Communications
                                                                                       A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class
  Social Science/Humanities                                                            in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education
  Science/Mathematics/Computer Science                                                 (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291
                                                                                       Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE
                                                                                       requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may
                                                                                       satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit
Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer                                                    in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits
                                                                                       of PE185 may be applied to the AA/OT degree.
Degree                                                                                 Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an
The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study                   Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic
that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower                   training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.
division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree at                  C. Mathematics
an Oregon University System institution. It is an agreement between                    Four quarter-credit hours of college level mathematics with a
the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community                     grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or
colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an                     intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except
Oregon university system institution.                                                  MTH211).
Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing,               D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric
for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a university in                 Three quarter-credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C
the Oregon university system: University of Oregon, Oregon State Uni-                  or better.
versity, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern
Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon                E. Writing**
University. However, some school, department or major requirements                     Nine quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122,
with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by                   123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course.
this degree                                                                         F. Distribution Requirements*/**
Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions                 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen
will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper                 from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits
division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt.                      from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes
Hood Community College and Concordia University, Pacific University,                       can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In
Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst University                    Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be
in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU-Hawaii,                     included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is
Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle Pacific Uni-                     considered a foreign language.
versity, and Washington State University.                                              2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at
Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, students need to be                         least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from
ready for college-level mathematics, writing and science in order to                      one discipline.
complete the Associate of Arts Degree in two years. If students lack                   3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits
the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and                       (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences
tutorial assistance to help them get on track quickly.                                    with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines.
Please refer to page 200, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more                         *Each course must be at least three credits.
information.                                                                           ** The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an
The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy                   interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general
                                                                                       education credits. It is designed for students who are intending
the following requirements:
                                                                                       to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #5 for an                     freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken
   explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)                    to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully
2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes                  complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science,
                                                                                       and humanities.
   must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully com-
   pleted, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.                     5. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses
                                                                                    must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of
  Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless
                                                                                    professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as
  specified in the course description or unless specifically required in
                                                                                    electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at
  a program curriculum.
                                                                                    community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes.
3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and main-             Please see page 200 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes
   tain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree.                 offered at Mt. Hood Community College.




                                                                            10
   A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R,                  Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an
   ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the                          Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic
   AA-OT Degree.                                                                          training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.
                                                                                       C. Mathematics
6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood
   Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which                       Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a
   the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College                    grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or
   Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge,                      intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except
   Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not                        MTH211).
   satisfy this requirement.                                                           D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric
   If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in at-                       Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or
   tendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remain-                   better.
   ing credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or                 E. Writing**
   university.
                                                                                          Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122,
   This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the                   123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course.
   courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain             F. Distribution Requirements*/**
   written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment
   and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the                       Students must complete a minimum of nine credits in one of the
   coursework.                                                                            three areas listed below, and a minimum of six credits in each of
                                                                                          the remaining areas.
7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation
    application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e.,                1. Humanities (Arts and Letters):. Only six credits of skill-oriented
                                                                                             classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE:
    spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
                                                                                             In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may
                                                                                             be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is
Associate of Science Degree                                                                  considered a foreign language.
The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan                         2. Social Sciences
to transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year                     3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science
institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility
in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline require-                * Each course must be at least three credits.
ments. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all                     **The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an
lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a                         interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general
baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is                     education credits. It is designed for students who are intending
the AA/OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly                     to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their
encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this                       freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken
catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend                    to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully
to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice.                                  complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science,
                                                                                          and humanities.
The Associate of Science degree will be awarded to students who satisfy
                                                                                     5. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses
the following requirements:
                                                                                        must be numbered 100 or above. Professional-technical courses may
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an                      be applied to the Associate of Science degree only if they are part
   explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)                     of a current, formal transfer agreement with a four-year institution
2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes                   (see specific catalog transfer pages). Professional-technical courses
   must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully com-                  offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific
   pleted, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.                            alpha prefixes, see page 200.
   Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless                  A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R,
   specified in the course description or unless specifically required in                ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AS
   a program curriculum.                                                               Degree.
3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain           6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood
   a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree.                          Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which
                                                                                        the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College
4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits)           Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Chal-
   must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of              lenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does
   Science (see page 11). The list is available on the following pages                  not satisfy this requirement.
   and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising
   and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.                                    If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in at-
                                                                                       tendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remain-
   A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency
                                                                                       ing credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or
      One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based course-                  university.
      work.
                                                                                       This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the
   B. Health and Physical Education                                                    courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain
      A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class                 written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment
      in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education                     and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the
      (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291                coursework.
      Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE
                                                                                     7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation
      requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may
      satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit                    application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e.,
      in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits                     spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
      of PE185 may be applied to the AS degree.



                                                                                11
Associate of Science - Oregon                                                        1. Writing: A minimum of eight credits of college-transfer writing
                                                                                        courses. Designated courses are: WR121, WR122, WR227.
Transfer Degree in Business                                                          2. Oral Communications/Rhetoric: A minimum of three credits of
                                                                                        a fundamentals of speech or communication course.
Any student who holds Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Busi-
ness (AS/OT-Bus) degree that conforms to the following guidelines                    3. Mathematics: A minimum of 12 credits, MTH111 or above, four
and who transfers to any institution in the Oregon University system,                   of which must be statistics.
(University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State Univer-               4. Computer Applications: Proficiency in word-processing, spread-
sity, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon                     sheet, database, and presentation software as demonstrated by
Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University) will have met                    successful completion of three credits in applicable courses.
the lower-division general education requirements of that institution’s           B. Distribution Requirements*
baccalaureate degree programs. Students transferring with this degree
                                                                                     Note: In “Arts and Letters”, the second year of a foreign language
will have junior standing for registration purposes.
                                                                                     may be included, but not the first year. ASL is considered a foreign
For transfer students graduating from high school in 1997 and there-                 language.
after, the Oregon University System has a second language admission                  1. Arts and Letters: A minimum of 12 credits, chosen from at
requirement: two terms of a college-level second language with an                       least two disciplines.
average grade of C- or above, OR two years of the same high school-level
second language with an average grade of C- or above, or satisfactory                2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 12 credits, with a minimum of
                                                                                        eight credits of “principles of economics” (to include microeco-
performance on an approved second language assessment of proficiency.
                                                                                        nomics and macroeconomics) at the 200 level. The courses in
Demonstrated proficiency in American Sign Language meets this second                     economics must be completed with a grade of “C” or better.
language admission requirement.
                                                                                     3. Science: A minimum of 12 credits of laboratory courses in the
Business School/Program Admission                                                       biological or physical sciences.
Admission to the Business School/program of any Oregon university                    *Each course must be at least three credits.
System (OUS) institution is not guaranteed upon completion of the
                                                                                  C. Business-Specific Requirements:
Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree.
It is strongly recommended that students contact the specific OUS cam-                Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade
pus’ Business school/program early in the first year of their AS/OT-Bus               of “C” or better.
program to be advised about additional requirements and procedures                  BA101     Introduction to Business
for admission consideration to the OUS institution and the Business                 BA211     Principles of Accounting I
school/program.
                                                                                    BA212     Principles of Accounting II
Course and Elective Information                                                     BA213     Principles of Accounting III
Lower-division courses taken at the community college may not meet                  BA226     Introduction to Business Law -
the requirements of an upper-division course with a similar title and                         (or other advisor-approved Business elective)
content offered by an Oregon University System Business School/Pro-               D. Electives and/or University-Specific Prerequisites
gram. In such cases, the courses in question will normally transfer as               Note: This list of prerequisites and recommendations is subject
electives.                                                                              to change without notice.
The AS/OT-Bus degree may include up to 12 approved professional-                     8 to 14 credits, depending on choice of transfer institution.
technical credits as electives.                                                      Eastern Oregon University: WR227, Technical Report Writing; The
The Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer degree will be awarded                       Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required.
to students who satisfy the following requirements:                                  Oregon Institute of Technology: The Business Law course for the
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some majors                       AS/OT-Bus is required. Recommendations: PSY201, General
   may require more than 90 credit hours.)                                              Psychology; BA206, Management Fundamentals (equivalent
                                                                                        to BUS215 at OIT); WR227, Technical Writing
2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes
   must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully com-               Oregon State University: BA271, Information Technology in Busi-
                                                                                        ness; BA275, Business Quantitative Methods; MTH241 Calculus
   pleted, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.
                                                                                        of Biological/Management/Social Sciences; MTH245, Math for
  Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless                    Biological/Management/Social Sciences; The Business Law
  specified in the course description or unless specifically required in                  course for the AS/OT-Bus is required.
  a program curriculum.                                                              Portland State University: CS106 Computing Fundamentals II;
3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain              BA205, Business Communications Using Technology; Stat244,
   a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree.                          Introduction to Probability and Statistics II; GPA: 2.75 overall
                                                                                        and 2.75 in pre-business courses.
4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective
   credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the               Southern Oregon University: BA271 or BA282, Applied Business
   Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer Degree in Business (see page                  Statistics; GPA: 2.0 overall and 2.5 in all business courses.
   11). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions              Students must apply for admission to the Business School/
   and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or                      Program
   from the program advisor.                                                         University of Oregon: DSC199 Special Studies: Business Applica-
                                                                                        tions Software; MTH241, MTH242, Calculus for Business and
   A. General Requirements:
                                                                                        Social Science I, II; Multicultural requirement; GPA: 2.75
   Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade                     overall and 2.75 in pre-business core. Students must apply for
      of “C” or better. These requirements represent minimal skill                      admission to the Business School/Program
      competencies. As such, they may be open to demonstration of
                                                                                     Western Oregon University: The Business Law course for the
      proficiency.
                                                                                        AS/OT-Bus is required.




                                                                             12
5 Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses           Distribution Requirements
   must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours               Humanities (Arts and Letters)
   of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be ap-
   plied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses            ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211,
   offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific                 ART212, ART213, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232,
   alpha prefixes. Please see page 200 for a list of the professional-tech-          ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256,
   nical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. Courses               *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264,
   that are developmental in nature, designed to prepare students for               *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288,
   college transfer courses, are not applicable to this degree.                     *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART296
  A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R,             ASL201, ASL202, ASL203
  ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the                     ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113,
  AS/OT-Business Degree.                                                            ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214,
6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood                  ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255,
   Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which                 ENG263, ENG275
   the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College              FA257, FA258, FA266
   Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge,                FR201, FR202, FR203
   International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.
                                                                                    GER201, GER202, GER203
  If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in at-
  tendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remain-              HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210
  ing credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or               JPN201, JPN202, JPN203
  university.
                                                                                    MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS124, *MUS125,
  This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the              *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261,
  courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain           MUS262, MUS263
  written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment
  and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the                  PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208
  coursework.                                                                       R210, R211, R212
7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation             RD117
    application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e.,          SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262
    spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
                                                                                    SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203
The following is a list of approved courses, currently offered at
Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate of Arts                     TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA241
– Oregon Transfer Degree, the Associate of Science Degree, and                      WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, WR248
the Associate of Science Oregon Transfer - Business. For additional                 *Skill Oriented Class
approved general education courses no longer offered, please check
the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising            Social Sciences
and Transfer Center or from your program advisor. Courses numbered                  ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212,
199 will qualify as elective credit only.                                           ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232
Computer Literacy                                                                   EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203
  ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227                                                    GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290
  BA231                                                                             HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203,
  BT210 (summer 1999 or after)                                                      HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264,
                                                                                    HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294
  CI120L, CIS122, CIS125, CS133JA, CIS133SQL, CS133VB, CIS133XML,
  CIS140, CIS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB,                 INTL101, IS210 (3 - 6 credit versions only)
  CS244, CS260                                                                      J211
  GE102                                                                             PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220,
                                                                                    PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297
Health and Physical Education
  HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253,                    PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231,
  HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295                                               PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239
  PE185, PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement),                SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223,
  PE285OL, PE292SWT                                                                 SOC225, SOC232, SOC291
                                                                                    WS101
Mathematics
  MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241,                         Science/Mathematics
  MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255,                           BI101L, BI102L, BI103L, BI110L, BI121L, BI122L, BI132L, BI145, BI188C,
  MTH256, MTH261                                                                    BI211L, BI212L, BI213L, BI231L, BI232L, BI233L, BI234L, BI235L,
                                                                                    BI240
Oral Communication/Rhetoric
  SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218                                          BINF290
                                                                                    CH104L, CH105L, CH106L, CH110, CH151L, CH170L, CH221L, CH222L,
Writing                                                                             CH223L, CH241L, CH242L, CH243L
  WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227
                                                                                    CIS120/L, CIS122, CS133JA, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA,
                                                                                    CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260




                                                                             13
ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213
F240L
FN225
FW251, FW252L, FW253L, FW254L
G148C, G165L, G201L, G202L, G203L
GE101, GE102, GE115
GS104L, GS105L, GS106L
MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241,
MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255,
MTH256, MTH261
PH104L, PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201L, PH202L,
PH203L, PH211L, PH212L, PH213L
 L
     Lab Science Class




                                                              14
       • Professional/
         Technical Programs
       • Special Studies
       • Transfer Information




     Educational
       Offerings




15
Quick Program Reference Guide
           FALL TERM 2004 - SUMMER TERM 2005                                   PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

PAGE                       PROGRAM                       PHONE          DEGREE/      ADMISSION    ADMISSION REQUIREMENT**
                                                                     CERTIFICATION   CATEGORY     READING/WRITING MATH
                                                                                                  Equivalent to completing:

       Accounting                                     503-491-7196       AAS           Open            *               *

 17    Accounting Clerk                               503-491-7196    Certificate       Open            *               *

       Automotive Technology:

 18      DaimlerChrysler CAP                          503-491-7016       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 19      Ford ASSET                                   503-491-7016       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 20      Honda PACT                                   503-491-7016       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 21      IMPORT                                       503-491-7016       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 22    Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane         503-491-7016       AAS           Open            *               *

 23    Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management   503-491-7196       AAS           Open            *               *

 24    Computer Applications Specialist               503-491-7017     AAS/Cert.       Open            *               *

 26    Cosmetology - School of Hair Design            503-491-7196       AAS         Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH10

 27    Dental Hygiene                                 503-491-6070       AAS         Restricted   RD115/WR115     MTH65

 28    Early Childhood Education                      503-491-6070       AAS           Open            *               *

 29    Early Childhood Education                      503-491-6070    Certificate       Open            *               *

 29    Electronics Technology                         503-491-7016     AAS/Cert.      Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH95

 30    Engineering Technology:

 31      Architectural                                503-491-7017       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 31      Civil                                        503-491-7017       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

           - Environmental Option                     503-491-7017    AAS Option      Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 32      Mechanical                                   503-491-7017       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH20

 33    Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management 503-491-7196       AAS           Open            *               *

 33    Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management 503-491-7196    Certificate       Open            *               *

 34    Environmental Health and Safety                503-491-6081       AAS           Open            *               *

 35    Environmental Health and Safety                503-491-6081    Certificate       Open            *               *

 40    Environmental Horticulture                     503-491-6081    Certificate       Open            *               *

       Fisheries Technology                           503-491-6081       AAS          Limited     RD90/WR90       MTH10




                                                            16
                                    Quick Program Reference Guide
              FALL TERM 2004 - SUMMER TERM 2005                                            PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

    PAGE                          PROGRAM                          PHONE           DEGREE/        ADMISSION    ADMISSION REQUIREMENT**
                                                                                CERTIFICATION     CATEGORY     READING/WRITING MATH
     38     Funeral Service Education                           503-491-6081         AAS          Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH60

     39     Graphic Design                                      503-491-7410         AAS            Limited    RD90/WR90       MTH20

     40     Hospitality and Tourism Management                  503-491-7196         AAS             Open           *              *

     41     Hospitality and Tourism Management                  503-491-7196      Certificate         Open           *              *

     44     Machine Tool Technology                             503-491-7016         AAS            Limited    RD 90/WR90      MTH20

     45     Medical Assistant                                   503-491-6070         AAS            Limited    RD90/WR90       MTH20

     47     Medical Office Specialist                            503-491-6070         AAS             Open           *              *

     50     Medical Transcription                               503-491-6070         AAS             Open           *              *

     51     Mental Health/Human Service                         503-491-6070         AAS          Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH10

     52     Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker            503-491-6070      Certificate      Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH10

     53     Natural Resource Technology–Forest Resources        503-491-6081         AAS            Limited    RD90/WR90       MTH20

     54     Natural Resources Technology – Wildlife             503-491-6081         AAS            Limited    RD90/WR90       MTH20

     54     Natural Resources Technology                        503-491-6081      Certificate        Limited         *              *

     55     Nursing                                             503-491-6070         AAS          Restricted   RD115/WR121     MTH65

     56     Office Assistant                                     503-491-7196      Certificate         Open           *              *

     56     Office Management/Administrative Assistant           503-491-7196         AAS             Open           *              *

     58     Office Software Specialist                           503-491-7196      Certificate         Open           *              *

     59     Physical Therapist Assistant                        503-491-6070         AAS          Restricted   RD115/WR90      MTH20

     59     Professional Photography                            503-491-7410         AAS          Restricted   RD90/WR115      MTH20

     60     Radio Broadcasting                                  503-491-7410         AAS          Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH10

     61     Respiratory Care                                    503-491-6070         AAS            Limited    RD115/WR90      MTH60

     62     Sheet Metal Technology                              503-491-7401         AAS          Restricted        *              *

     62     Surgical Technology                                 503-491-6070         AAS            Limited    RD115/WR115     MTH65

     63     Television Production Technology                    503-491-7410         AAS          Restricted   RD90/WR90       MTH20

     65     Welding Technology                                  503-491-7016      Certificate         Open           *              *




*While not required for admissions, please see curriculum page for writing and mathematics skill levels.
**Beginning the 2005-2006 school year.




                                                                        17
Professional-Technical Education
Program Description                                                          Occupational Extension Programs and Courses
Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical            In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree
education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employ-         and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry into
ment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by             occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational
providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have            extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the
learned basic skills and competencies.                                       abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability
The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Com-          or advancement.
munity College are:                                                          Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply oc-
• To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of                cupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and
   manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis           approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension
   on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics,        programs are not financial aid eligible.
   customer relations, human relations in industry, and the respon-          The following occupational extension programs and courses are of-
   sibilities of citizenship.                                                fered, depending upon the availability of fiscal resources:
• To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by provid-
   ing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial          Central Service Technician ..................................Call 503-491-7179
   conditions.                                                               Certified Travel Associate................................... Call 503-491-7666
• To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge,           Certified Travel Counselor .................................. Call 503-491-7666
   safety and employer-employee relations for those already em-              Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) ...................Call 503-491-7113
   ployed in industry.                                                       Nursing Assistant...............................................Call 503-491-7113
• To provide professional-technical education students with the              Phlebotomy       ............................................... Call 503-491-7506
   opportunity to extend their educational achievements through
   participation in a program leading to an associate degree.                R.N. Surgical Orientation ....................................Call 503-491-7179
• To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing                 R.N. Reentry to Practice .................................... Call 503-491-7406
   conscientious, productive, intelligent workers.
There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered         Apprenticeship
by MHCC:                                                                     Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the State
The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two                 Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training
years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for           Committees:
career entry:                                                                Brickmasons/Tilesetters .......................................... 503-234-3781
                                                                             Cement Masons ..................................................... 503-408-8555
The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of
                                                                             Glaziers, Architectural Metal
shorter duration than the associate degree program.
                                                                               and Glass Workers ............................................... 503-226-4089
Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education           IAM              ..................................................... 503-669-3113
requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or cer-         Pacific Inside Electrical ........................................... 543-756-6997
tificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved
                                                                             Plasterers       ......................................................503-232-3257
by the appropriate associate dean.
                                                                             Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades .................503-691-1997
Professional-technical programs that include general, related or             Sheet Metal      ......................................................503-257-1022
approved electives as part of the curriculum require that the stu-
dent obtain approval to take such courses PRIOR to registration.
                                                                             For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the
                                                                             State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE
Recognition of Completion                                                    Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community
                                                                             College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503-491-7401.
Recognition of Completion is a non-transcripted award granted by
Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of
coursework in specific areas.                                                 Alternative Credit
                                                       see page              2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech
  Automotive Technology                                                      Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as
  Computer Numerical Control                                                 outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit
  Instructional Assistant                                                    may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program
                                                                             agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent
  Journalism
                                                                             record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll
  Legal Administrative Assistant
                                                                             a person in an MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions
  Machine Tool Operator                                                      procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school
  Medical Billing Specialist/Claims Analyst                                  can provide interested students with procedures.
  Medical Office Coding
  Medical Receptionist
  Outdoor Education
  Welding Technology




                                                                        18
Accounting Technology                                                                          Third Quarter
                                                                                               BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                                    BA213         Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                          BT218         Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3
Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682                     kohlerj@mhcc.edu                               Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3
Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC2686                        arnoldj@mhcc.edu                               Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3
Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or                                                                                                                   17
money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s                              Fourth Quarter
Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass placement                              AC38         Intermediate Accounting I ..................................... 3
agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions                          AC39         Intermediate Accounting II .................................... 3
as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff accountant, ac-                           BA220        Tax Accounting ..................................................... 3
counts payable manager, etc. Although some companies still require                             BA226        Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3
a four-year degree, more and more employer’s are recognizing that                              BT103        Business Mathematics* .......................................... 3
MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the knowledge and skills to
handle their accounting needs.                                                                                                                                                   15
                                                                                               Fifth Quarter
Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology Degree                                BA177        Payroll Accounting and Payroll
you will:                                                                                                      Tax Filing Requirements ..................................... 3
· have a solid foundation of accounting concepts                                               BA206        Management Fundamentals .................................... 3
· have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial ac-                                 EC201        Principles of Economics I ...................................... 3
   counting package and electronic spreadsheets                                                WE280AC      Cooperative Education Internship or
· be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer
                                                                                                               Related electives ............................................ 3-4
   and the legal reporting requirements
· be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting infor-                                          Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3
   mation to assist management in becoming more profitable and                                                                                                               15-16
   efficient.                                                                                   Sixth Quarter
Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Ac-                                BA215        Cost Accounting I .................................................. 3
counting Programs. Many students start to work either part-time or                             BA222        Finance ................................................................ 3
full-time before completing their studies and supplement their “on                             BA228        Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3
the job training” by continuing to take courses in the accounting                              BA250        Small Business Management ................................... 3
programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued ac-                               BA271        Financial Statement Analysis .................................. 3
counting education will have on their employee’s ability to contribute
on the job and support them in their effort to grow and learn either                                                                                                             15
financially or by providing flexible working hours.                                                 * Prerequisite required that is not included in curriculum. See
                                                                                                    course description in back of catalog.
The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or family                                  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses both                                 Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
in the day and evening every quarter. The second year accounting
courses are offered during the day one year and during the evening
the next year to meet the needs of students with restricted schedules.                         Related Electives
Students are also encouraged to earn credit from their accounting work                         Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, CIS, BT116, BT210
experience in a Cooperative Education Internship by accomplishing                              (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as a
goals on the job that are beneficial to the employer and provide the                            related elective.
student with a growth opportunity.
                                                                                               Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes
First Quarter                                                                      Cr          in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Ac-
BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4              counting Clerk certificate.
BT11S         Keyboarding/Formatting* ...................................... 2
                                                                                                  ‡ See pages 7-9.
BT110         Business Editing.................................................... 3
BT210__       Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1
BT210__
CIS120L
              Excel - Level II...................................................... 1
              Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1                Accounting Clerk
              Human Relations ................................................... 3            Certificate Program
                                                                                               MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                   15
                                                                                               Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682                    kohlerj@mhcc.edu
Second Quarter
                                                                                               Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC2686                       arnoldj@mhcc.edu
BA101        Introduction to Business........................................ 4
BA212        Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3                Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities
BA231        Information Technology in Business ........................ 4                     for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way?
BT210__      Excel - Level III .................................................... 1          Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive a certificate
WR121        English Composition* ............................................. 3              of completion recognizing the employable skills you have acquired
                                                                                               at the end of each of the first and second quarters. After completing
                                                                                   15
                                                                                               the third quarter you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate
                                                                                               documenting your completion of the one-year program.
                                                                                               Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in
                                                                                               this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates
                                                                                               who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small
                                                                                               business owners or prospective small business owners who need the



                                                                                          19
accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students                          Second Quarter (Winter)
who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportuni-                         BA177        Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax
ties for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting                                       Filing Requirements* ......................................... 3
students work part or full time.                                                             BT110        Business Editing.................................................... 3
Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level                               BT116        Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3
office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and                           BT210__      Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1
understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or electronic                         BT210__      Excel - Level II...................................................... 1
organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general                          CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
understanding of business terminology and business math including
                                                                                                          Mathematics Requirement***‡................................ 3
the use of an electronic calculator.
                                                                                                                                                                               15
Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few
job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the                          Third Quarter (Spring)
needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In ad-                           BA213        Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4
dition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer                         BA228        Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3
technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the                         BT103        Business Mathematics* .......................................... 3
accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication                            BT218        Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3
skills and the ability to use electronic mail, electronic scheduling,                        WR121        English Composition* ............................................. 3
and multi-line telephone systems will further strengthen your ability
to make a contribution in any business environment.
                                                                                                                                                                               16
Completion of the one-year program will enable you to help managers                             * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain                           ** BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and BT210__ Word Pro-
experience trouble shooting how to record accounting transactions                                 cessing.
which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations
                                                                                              *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial
                                                                                                  Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to
various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well
as knowledgeable.                                                                            Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting
                                                                                             classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or
The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified                             an Accounting Clerk certificate.
you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY
TRANSITION from the one-year Accounting Clerk program to the
two-year Accounting Technology Degree program. Many students
start the Accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to                              DaimlerChrysler CAP –
expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing
even more challenging job responsibilities by earning the two-year                           Automotive Technology
Accounting Technology degree. All of the courses in the one-year                             Limited Entry
Accounting Clerk program can be applied to the two-year Accounting
                                                                                             Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
Technology program.
                                                                                             MHCC Faculty Advisors
If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the                          Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu
accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree                          Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu
program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional
advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for                               The DaimlerChrysler College Automotive Program (CAP) provides stu-
upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty advisor                        dents with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained
for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of                          as service technicians for DaimlerChrysler Corporation dealerships
most benefit to you.                                                                          (Chrysler, Dodge, and Jeep). The program is designed as a two-year
A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical                         automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and pro-
and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to                         fessionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program
work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accoun-                           is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood
tant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in                            Community College and at the sponsoring DaimlerChrysler dealership.
small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the                       The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology
accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout                           and a certificate of completion from DaimlerChrysler CAP program.
the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.                             Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automo-
                                                                                             tive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and
                                                                                             study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer
First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr          terms both years.
BA101        Introduction to Business........................................ 4
                                                                                             The CAP Student
BA211        Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
                                                                                             DaimlerChrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its
BT11S        Keyboarding/Formatting*(**)................................. 2                  “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are
BT210__      Word - Level I ....................................................... 1        equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment avail-
BI210__      Word - Level II ...................................................... 1        able. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain
PSY201       General Psychology................................................ 3            employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program
                                                                                 15          means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for
                                                                                             on-the-job experience.




                                                                                        20
The Sponsoring Dealer                                                                     Seventh Quarter
DaimlerChrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and                         AM152         Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3
select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected,                      AM153         Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3
he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during                     AM156         Power Train Theory ................................................ 2
the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced                        AM157         Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1
technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly                        AM258         Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2
wage.
                                                                                          AM259         Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1
Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after                                   General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3
meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are
                                                                                                                                                                           15
available on our web site, http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once
you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please
                                                                                          Eighth Quarter
call 503-491-7165.                                                                        AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may
                                                                                                                                                                             6
be possible with instructor permission. For interested students,                             ‡ See pages 7-9.
AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with
the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other
CAP program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further                      FORD ASSET – Automotive
information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the
program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program                         Technology
for the following academic year.                                                          Limited Entry
First Quarter                                                                  Cr         Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
AM110        Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3                MHCC Faculty Advisor
AM111        Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2               Jerry Lyons: 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35                       lyonsj@mhcc.edu
AM118        Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4          Ed Railey: 503-491-7130 - Room IT 41                        raileye@mhcc.edu
AM119        Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2
AM120        Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2
                                                                                          The FORD ASSET Program
                                                                                          The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (Asset)
MTH34        Professional Technical Computation II or
                                                                                          provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while
                MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ............................... 3               being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current
WR101        Workplace Communications I or                                                and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to
                WR121 English Composition ................................ 3              upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incom-
                                                                              19          ing dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training
Second Quarter                                                                            taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring
AM280        Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed
                                                                                          by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an
                                                                                6         associate degree in Ford Asset automotive technology.
Third Quarter
AM132        Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2              Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive
AM133        Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1             industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for
                                                                                          a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms
AM136        Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2
                                                                                          both years.
AM137        Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1
AM216        Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3              The FORD ASSET Student
AM217        Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2             Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the
             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3                    nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical
                                                                                          schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3
                                                                                          facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional
                                                                              17          equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance
Fourth Quarter                                                                            that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for
AM280        Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for
                                                                                6         the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from
Fifth Quarter                                                                             Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.
AM251        Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3              The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer
AM252        Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3             Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan
AM253        Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2               area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish
AM254        Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1              to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin
AM256        Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2                working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training
                                                                                          process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor
AM257        Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1
                                                                                          student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage.
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3
                                                                                          Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory
                                                                              15
                                                                                          completion of criteria. All criteria is described in the application
Sixth Quarter                                                                             packet. Application packets are available on our web site at http://
AM280        Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application
                                                                                6         packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.
                                                                                          Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be
                                                                                          possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100,




                                                                                     21
Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the
fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other AS-                          Honda PACT – Automotive
SET program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further
information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the                       Technology
program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program                           Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
for the following academic year.                                                            Program
First Quarter                                                                   Cr          MHCC Faculty Advisors
AMF110       Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3                  Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu
AMF111       Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2                 Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu
AMF118       Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4
                                                                                            The Honda Professional Automotive Career Training (PACT) provides
AMF119       Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2           students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained
AMF120       Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2           as service technicians for American Honda Motor’s Acura and Honda
MTH34        Professional Technical Computation II or                                       dealerships. The program is designed as a two-year automotive cur-
                MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ............................... 3                 riculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of
WR101        Workplace Communications I .................................. 3                the incoming dealership technician. The PACT program is a two-part
                                                                                19          experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community
Second Quarter                                                                              College and at the sponsoring Honda dealership. The curriculum leads
                                                                                            to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of
AMF280       Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6
                                                                                            completion from Honda PACT program.
                                                                                  6
                                                                                            Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automo-
Third Quarter
                                                                                            tive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and
AMF132       Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2                study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer
AMF133       Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1               terms both years.
AMF136       Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2
AMF137       Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1
                                                                                            The PACT Student
                                                                                            Honda dealerships see the students in this program as its “service
AMF216       Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3
                                                                                            technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped
AMF217       Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2               with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. PACT
HE252        First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or                                        students have the assurance of industry support and certain employ-
                HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ...................... 3                 ment options for the future. Being accepted in the PACT program
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3                 means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for
                                                                                17          on-the-job experience.
Fourth Quarter                                                                              The Sponsoring Dealer
AMF280       Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6             Honda/Acura dealerships will screen qualified applications and select
                                                                                  6         those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she
Fifth Quarter                                                                               will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-
AMF251       Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3                year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician
                                                                                            to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.
AMF252       Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3
AMF253       Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2                 Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after
AMF254       Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1                meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are
AMF256       Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2                  available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.
AMF257       Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1                 Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions,
                                                                                            please call 503-491-7165.
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3
                                                                                15          Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be
                                                                                            possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100,
Sixth Quarter
                                                                                            Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the
AMF280       Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6             fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other PACT
                                                                                  6         program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further in-
Seventh Quarter                                                                             formation, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the
AMF152       Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3                program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program
AMF153       Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3               for the following academic year.
AMF156       Power Train Theory ................................................ 2          First Quarter                                                                  Cr
AMF157       Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1        AM110         Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3
AMF258       Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2                AM111         Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2
AMF259       Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1               AM118         Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3                      AM119         Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2
                                                                                15          AM120         Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2
Eighth Quarter                                                                              MTH34         Professional Technical Computation II or
AMF280       Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6                              MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ................................ 3
                                                                                  6         WR101         Workplace Communications I or
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                          WR121 English Composition ................................ 3
                                                                                                                                                                          19




                                                                                       22
Second Quarter                                                                              Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automo-
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                 tive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and
                                                                                            study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                                  6         terms both years.
Third Quarter
AM132        Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2                The IMPORT Student
AM133        Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1               Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service
AM136        Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2            technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped
                                                                                            with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT
AM137        Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1
                                                                                            students have the assurance of industry support and certain employ-
AM216        Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3                ment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program
AM217        Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2               means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for
             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3                      on-the-job experience.
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3
                                                                                            The Sponsoring Dealer
                                                                                17          Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applica-
Fourth Quarter                                                                              tions and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                 selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate
                                                                                  6         terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an
                                                                                            experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms
Fifth Quarter                                                                               and an hourly wage.
AM251        Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3
AM252        Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3               Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after
AM253        Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2                 meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are
                                                                                            available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.
AM254        Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1
                                                                                            Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions,
AM256        Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2                  please call 503-491-7165.
AM257        Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3                 Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be
                                                                                            possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100,
                                                                                15          Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the
Sixth Quarter                                                                               fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other IMPORT
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                 program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further in-
                                                                                  6         formation, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the
Seventh Quarter                                                                             program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program
AM152        Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3                for the following academic year.
AM153        Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3               First Quarter                                                                   Cr
AM156        Power Train Theory ................................................ 2          AM110         Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3
AM157        Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1        AM111         Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2
AM258        Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2                AM118         Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4
AM259        Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1               AM119         Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3                      AM120         Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2
                                                                                15          MTH34         Professional Technical Computation II or
Eighth Quarter                                                                                               MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ................................ 3
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                 WR101         Workplace Communications I or
                                                                                  6                          WR121 English Composition ................................ 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                                                                                        19
                                                                                            Second Quarter
                                                                                            AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
IMPORT – Automotive                                                                                                                                                          6

Technology                                                                                  Third Quarter
                                                                                            AM132         Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2
Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                          AM133         Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1
Program                                                                                     AM136         Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                       AM137         Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1
Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu                                 AM216         Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3
Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu                                 AM217         Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2
                                                                                                          Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3
The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT)                                      General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3
provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while
being trained as service technicians for independent and import manu-                                                                                                      17
facturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a                      Fourth Quarter
two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency                          AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6
and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT                                                                                                        6
program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both
Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership.
The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology
and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair.



                                                                                       23
Fifth Quarter                                                                                 CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
AM251        Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3                  WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
AM252        Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3                               Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1
AM253        Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2                                                                                                   16
AM254        Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1                  Second Quarter
AM256        Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2                    AV108         Aviation Meteorology Theory .................................. 4
AM257        Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1                   AV150         Aerodynamics ....................................................... 5
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3                   WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                  15                        Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1
Sixth Quarter                                                                                               Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                                                                                                   16
                                                                                   6          Third Quarter
Seventh Quarter                                                                               AV208         Aviation Meteorology Application ........................... 4
AM152        Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3                  AV210         Instrument Pilot ................................................... 5
AM153        Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3                 WR123         English Composition: Research or
AM156        Power Train Theory ................................................ 2                             WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3
AM157        Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1                        Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1
AM258        Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2                                Humanities distribution requirement‡ ..................... 3
AM259        Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1                                                                                                 16
             General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3                        Fourth Quarter
                                                                                  15          AV104         Aircraft Systems I.................................................. 4
Eighth Quarter                                                                                AV220         Commercial Pilot ................................................... 4
AM280         Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6                   AV240         Small Business in Aviation or
                                                                                   6                           BA206 Management Fundamentals ...................... 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                           EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
                                                                                              SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
                                                                                                                                                                              17
Aviation - Professional                                                                       Fifth Quarter

Pilot Airplane
                                                                                              AV204         Aircraft Systems II ................................................ 4
                                                                                              AV230         Multi-engine Pilot ................................................. 5
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                                   EC202         Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                         MTH111        Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
Gresham-Troutdale (MHCC main campus and Troutdale airport):                                                                                                                   16
Sarah Hannon: 503-491-7230 - Room AC 2684 hannons@mhcc.edu                                    Sixth Quarter
Bend Campus (Bend airport):                                                                   AV235         Human Factors in Aviation ..................................... 4
Jerry Bean: 541-389-0854                    beanjerr@mhcc.edu
                                                                                              AV256         Certified Flight Instructor Ground School ................. 5
This degree prepares students with knowledge, skills, experience, and                         EC203         Principles of Economics III .................................... 3
certification necessary to enter careers in flight instruction, general                         MTH112        Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4
aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, airlines, military                                                                                                           16
aviation, and more.
To complete the Associate of Applied Science degree, students must log                        Inquire about accelerated training programs and credit for prior flight
ground and flight time toward FAA license and certification. Students                           experience.
will log a minimum of 210 hours flight time to complete the private,                           Financial Investment
instrument, commercial, and multi-engine FAA certificates. The major-                          All flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction
ity of ground school courses are open to non-program students.                                and aircraft or simulator operations. Payment for flight instruction
All program classes are offered at the main campus location in                                must be made directly to the flight school at either campus. Please
Gresham, Oregon and at the satellite campus in Bend, Oregon. All                              contact a program advisor for help with financial planning.
flight labs are conducted under FAR141 certified flight school regula-                           Financial Aid
tions at both the Troutdale and Bend airports.
                                                                                              Financial aid is available in the form of grants, loans, and scholarships
Students who do not have previous college transcripts in math,                                through the MHCC office of financial aid. Please inquire about loan
reading, and writing must take the computer placement tests at                                packages available exclusively for aviation program students.
MHCC. Students must place into, or have completed: MTH60, RD90,
                                                                                              General Education requirements and electives
and WR90. A current FAA Class II Medical Certificate is required. For
information about obtaining a medical certificate contact a program                            Any course listed under the MHCC AAS degree requirements can fulfill
advisor or visit the Office of Aviation Medicine website at http://ame.                        the general education requirements, provided students meet the
cami.jccbi.gov                                                                                minimum proficiencies in reading, writing and math. Minimum math
                                                                                              required is MTH65.
First Quarter                                                                     Cr          Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students.
AV110        Private Pilot ......................................................... 5        Students should consult with their advisor to determine which course
AV115        Careers in Aviation ................................................ 3           will contribute to the individual’s program or continuing education
CIS120       Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3              and degree objectives.




                                                                                         24
Acceptance of Transfer Credit:                                                            Third Quarter (Spring)
Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on                     BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4
an individual basis. Students with previous training must complete a                      BA213         Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4
placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical                      BA230         Business Plan: Operating/Financial ......................... 3
flight tests. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and                      BA264         eBusiness ............................................................. 3
approved by the Program Director.
                                                                                          HUM202        Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3
Graduates receive:                                                                                                                                                             17
Associate of Applied Science Degree, Private Pilot Certificate, Com-                       Fourth Quarter (Fall)
mercial Pilot Certificate, Instrument Rating, Multi-Engine Rating,                         BA222         Finance ................................................................ 3
Certified Flight Instructor Rating (option) Instrument Flight Instructor
                                                                                          BA255         Supervisory Management........................................ 3
Rating (option) Multi-engine Instructor Rating (option)
                                                                                          BA285         Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                       EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
                                                                                          PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3

Business/eBusiness,                                                                       Fifth Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                                                                                                               15

Marketing and Management                                                                  BA226
                                                                                          BA238
                                                                                                        Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3
                                                                                                        Sales .................................................................... 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                               BA265         eManagement........................................................ 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                          EC202         Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
David Garlington: 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.
edu
                                                                                                        Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 3
                                                                                                                                                                               15
Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more                         Sixth Quarter (Spring)
competitive than ever; eBusiness, for example, is growing dramati-                        BA224         Human Resources Management ............................... 3
cally between both business and consumer and business-to-business.                        BA239         Advertising in Business .......................................... 3
In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and                   BA267         eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3
leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed
                                                                                                        Related elective .................................................... 3
and which fail.
                                                                                                        Advisor approved elective or
The Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management Program will pre-                                        WE280BLA/B Cooperative Education Internship . 3-4
pare and train you to be the business leader who survives and succeeds
in this new environment. You will receive a “leading edge” education                                                                                                      15-16
in management and marketing with a hands-on approach.
                                                                                             * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum; see
If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if you                       course descriptions in back of catalog.
are a new entrant to the business world and you want to become an                           ** Students intending to transfer must take MTH111 or above,
effective business leader, then this program is for you. Learn to be                           excluding MTH211.
effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in eBusiness,
                                                                                           *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or government agencies
                                                                                               Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the Business/eBusiness,
Marketing and Management program.
                                                                                             ‡ See pages 7-9.
Department-issued professional business recognition of completions
are available after completing four to seven courses in specific busi-
ness areas (contact the Business Department at 503-491-7196.) These
recognition of completions show you have attained additional skill and                    Computer Applications
knowledge in eBusiness, marketing, supervision, management, and/or
project management. The recognition of completion awards provide                          Specialist
you with evidence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for                       Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree
improving chances of promotion.                                                           Program
First Quarter (Fall)                                                           Cr         MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                          Robert Buroker: 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2779 burokerb@mhcc.edu
BA101         Introduction to Business........................................ 4
                                                                                          Gary DeRoest: 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2783    deroestg@mhcc.edu
BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4         Paul Morris: 503-491-7373 - Room AC 2778      morrisp@mhcc.edu
BT210__       Software Applications (Word and Excel) ................... 3                David Todd, PhD: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668    toddd@mhcc.edu
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3        Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to
                                                                              15          apply personal computer technology in such jobs as help desk opera-
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                   tors, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level
                                                                                          data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and
BA206         Management Fundamentals .................................... 3
                                                                                          Internet applications.
BA212         Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3
BA223         Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3        This program is also designed to help people become more produc-
BA231         Information Technology in Business ........................ 4               tive in their existing jobs or professions. This program adapts to the
                                                                                          requirements of the business world and responds to technological
              Mathematics requirement‡ **/*** ........................ 3-4
                                                                                          changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or
                                                                         16-17            content will change over time.




                                                                                     25
Many of our students are already employed and take classes to im-                            PSY101      Psychology of Human Relations
prove their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught                                        or PSY201 General Psychology ........................... 3
in the evening or on weekends (Friday evening and all day Saturday).                         WR121       English Composition .............................................. 3
With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned                          Advanced classes (generally taken after most of the concentration
this way.                                                                                    classes)
If you already have a rewarding career, you may select from these                            BA231            Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be                          CIS280           Capstone Practicum ............................................... 4
started at any time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit
                                                                                             WE280CAB         Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
your schedule and goals.
                                                                                                                                                                          47-48
Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7292                                    Concentrations (see pages 55-56, select one)
To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Requirements                             Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite pos-
plus one of the Concentrations.                                                              sible to tackle additional concentrations after you have completed
To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education                            one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those
Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If you                           classes have already been completed.
complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of                             Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree
Completion” issued by the Technology Division.                                               To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements
If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may                           for the certificate program plus required additional general educa-
be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more                           tion courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for
challenging.                                                                                 graduation. These credits must include as follows:
Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any se-                           General Education Requirements and Electives                                       Cr
quence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize                              Communications: WR122 plus SP111 .................................... 6
your education but may not qualify you for a degree.                                               Health and PE requirement‡ ............................................... 3
Core Requirements                                                                                  Mathematics requirement*‡ ............................................... 3
(for Certificate or Associate Degree - all concentrations)                                          Distribution requirement‡.................................................. 3
Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that makes                              Electives (including CS and CIS)** ...............................4-13
you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Some students take                                                                                                       19-28
these classes to ensure their job skills do not become obsolete and
to compete effectively in an ever changing job market. Completing                                * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the                                 Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
concentration areas that follow.                                                                ** Number of electives dependent upon concentration selected.
As of the 2004-2005 academic year, students must complete
a mathematics course (MTH20 or higher, excluding MTH211) to                                      ‡ See pages 7-9.
meet the related instruction requirements for the Certificate of
Completion. Note, students may not use the College Placement                                 PC Support Specialist
Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. The coursework must be                               A PC Support Specialists help others use computers more effectively.
transcripted before graduation. Please see page for courses that                             They may do so in conjunction with a regular job title, or they may
meet this requirement.                                                                       do this full time. Specific skills taught include business skills, “people
In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check the                       skills”, operating systems skills and computer support software
course description for prerequisite information.                                             skills.

Take these asap:                                                                  Cr         In addition to the core requirements add:                                          Cr
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3            BA285            Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1              CIS225A          Help Desk Software ............................................... 1
CIS125DOC Documentation ..................................................... 1
CIS140        Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 3                  Select 12 credits from:
CIS100        Computer Careers Exploration ................................. 1               CIS125EC      Excel - Level 3....................................................... 1
Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration requirements,                            CIS125WC      Word - Level 3 ....................................................... 1
listed in recommended order of completion)                                                   CIS140UB      UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1
BA101      Introduction to Business or any                                                   CIS140UC      UNIX/Linus Operating System - Level 3.................... 1
              entrepreneurship management courses ............. 3-4                          CIS279A       Novell System Management .................................... 3
CIS144     Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3                    CIS279S       Supporting MS Windows Server ............................... 4
CIS95      Windows OS - Level 1 ............................................. 1              BT116         Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3
CIS178A    Internet ............................................................... 1                                                                                          16
CIS178B    Web Publishing ..................................................... 1
CIS135PA   E-Portfolio Development ........................................ 2                Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist
CIS179B    Windows OS - Level 2 ............................................. 1              Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because
CIS125WA/B Microsoft Word - Level 1 and 2 ................................ 2                 most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they
CIS125EA/B Microsoft Excel - Level 1 and 2 ............................... 2                 may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on
CIS125AA/B Access - Level 1 and 2............................................ 2              the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you
                                                                                             have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network,
CIS125MPA MS Project Management ......................................... 1
                                                                                             but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high
CIS179A    Local Area Networks .............................................. 1              demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable,




                                                                                        26
you need to also consider taking one of several network certification                           CS234VB      Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .......... 3
exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of                                   or: (C++)
these require further study.                                                                   CS161        Computer Science I ................................................ 4
In addition to the basic core requirements add:                                    Cr          CS162        Computer Science II .............................................. 4
CIS140UB        UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1                    CS260        Data Structures ..................................................... 4
CIS140UC        UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 3 ................... 1                                                                                                   20-23
CIS151          Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4
CIS278A         Communication Technologies .................................. 2                PC Business Application Support Specialist
CIS279A         Novell System Management .................................... 3                PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies
CIS279S         Supporting MS Windows Server .............................. 4                  to assist employees in keeping computer equipment functioning. Busi-
                                                                                               nesses also need people who can plan and assist in determining what
                                                                                   15          the next computer system, network, or application software should
                                                                                               be. In some organizations this may lead into the position of Systems
Network Engineer Support Specialist                                                            Analyst. In others, it may be an added responsibility for someone
Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which                             with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the
are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a spe-                            person with these skills is valuable.
cialist, you will be able to help in the planning and construction of
a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s
                                                                                               In addition to the core requirements add:                                           Cr
technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internetwork-                          CIS125EC        Excel - Level 3....................................................... 1
ing hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high                            CIS125WC        Word - Level 3 ....................................................... 1
demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network                                CIS278A         Communication Technologies .................................. 2
engineering. After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA                             CS244           Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3
certification offered through many local-area testing centers.                                  AC120           Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3
In addition to the basic core requirements add:                                    Cr          BA264           eBusiness ............................................................. 3
CIS151          Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4             BA267           eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3
CIS152          Router Configuration.............................................. 4                                                                                                 16
CIS154          LAN/WAN Concepts and Design ............................... 5
CIS278A         Communication Technologies .................................. 2                Web Master
CIS140UB        UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1                    The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web
                                                                                               is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear
                                                                                               that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical
Pick one of the following:                                                                     skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web sites. Several
CIS145A       Computer Upgrading and Maintenance ..................... 1                       areas of emphasis are available: Site development emphasis where the
CIS188        Wireless Network Concepts and Design .................... 3                      focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages and sites,
CIS284        Network Security ................................................... 3           Programming emphasis where the focus is on the customized software
                                                                              17-19            that support web activities, Network emphasis where the focus is on
                                                                                               internal and external network requirements.
Data Base and Application Programming Specialist                                               In addition to the core requirements add:                                           Cr
Data Base Applications Specialists skills go beyond word processing                            CIS122A     Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1
and spreadsheet skills. In today’s corporate climate, data needs to                            CIS125CS    Cascading Style Sheets .......................................... 1
be processed and stored in databases. Relatively few people know                               CIS125HTA/B/C HTML - Level 1, 2, and 3 ..................................... 3
how to effectively create and maintain these databases. The area of                            CIS133PA    CGI and PERL - Level 1 ........................................... 2
Database and Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled                            CIS195A     Web Graphics ........................................................ 1
occupation. Our classes instruct students in up-to-date theoretical
                                                                                               CIS195B     Web Page Design ................................................... 1
base to assist them in getting off to a solid start. Select from Visual
Basic, JAVA, or C++.                                                                           CIS195C     Web Site Development ........................................... 2
                                                                                               CIS295JSA JavaScript - Level 1 ............................................... 2
In addition to the basic core requirements add:                                    Cr                      Related Web Master electives ................................. 7
CIS122A         Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1
CIS125AA        Access - Level 3 .................................................... 1
                                                                                                                                                                                   20
                                                                                               It is recommended, but not required that you select your Related
CIS133SQL       Introduction to SQL ............................................... 3
                                                                                               Web Master Electives from a single emphasis area: ................. Cr
CIS133XML       Introduction to XML .............................................. 3
CS244           Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3                Site Development emphasis
                                                                                               CIS295JSB JavaScript - Level 2 ............................................... 1
Choose one sequence:                                                                           CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 ............................................... 1
CS133JA      JAVA: Design and Programming .............................. 4                     CIS125PSB Photoshop - Level 2 ............................................... 1
CS233JA      JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers .................. 4                        CIS125PSC Photoshop - Level 3 ............................................... 1
CS234JA      JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers ..................                        CIS125DRA Dreamweaver - Level 1 ........................................... 1
4            or:
                                                                                               CIS125DRB Dreamweaver - Level 2 ........................................... 1
CS133VB      Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic
                                                                                               CIS125DRC Dreamweaver - Level 3 ........................................... 1
                Programming or CIS122 Computer Concepts III .. 3-4
                                                                                               CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1
CS233VB      Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming ..... 3
                                                                                               CIS125FLA Flash - Level 1 ...................................................... 1
                                                                                               CIS125FLB Flash - Level 2 ...................................................... 1
                                                                                               CIS125FLC Flash - Level 3 ...................................................... 1




                                                                                          27
CIS125FLD        Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1        upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and
CIS125FWA        Fireworks - Level 1 ................................................ 1          creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a
CIS125FWB        Fireworks - Level 2 ................................................ 1          variety of settings.
CIS125FWC        Fireworks - Level 3 ................................................ 1          What are the requirements of the job?
                                                                                                 The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good
Programming emphasis                                                                             listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and
CIS125AC    Access - Level 3 .................................................... 1              finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time
CIS295JSB JavaScript - Level 2 ............................................... 1                 are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques
CIS295VB    VBScript ............................................................... 2           quickly and apply these in their own work.
CS133JA     JAVA: Design and Programming ............................... 4                       What are the requirements of the program?
CSI133PB    CGI and PERL - Level 2 ........................................... 2
CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1                    The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30
                                                                                                 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying
CIS295AS    ASP and Databases ................................................ 4
                                                                                                 the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list.
CIS240U     UNIX Web Servers .................................................. 1
CIS240W     Windows Web Servers ............................................. 1                  Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance
CIS125FLD Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1               during the summer.
                                                                                                 First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
                                                                                                 COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
Network emphasis                                                                                 COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
CIS179B     Windows OS - Level 2 ............................................. 1                 WR121         English Composition or
CIS279B     Internet Security .................................................. 2                               WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3
CIS140UB    UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 .................. 1                                                                                                            15
CIS140UC    UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 3 ................... 1                          Second Quarter (Winter)
CIS279A     Novell Systems Management ................................... 3                      COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
CIS279C     Internet Firewalls .................................................. 2              COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
CIS240U     Unix Web Servers................................................... 1                              Mathematics requirement‡** .................................. 3
CIS240W     Windows Web Servers ............................................. 1                                                                                                   15
CIS278A     Communication Technologies .................................. 2                      Third Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                                 COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
                                                                                                 COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
Cosmetology – School of                                                                                        Speech elective ..................................................... 3

Hair Design                                                                                      Fourth Quarter (Summer)
                                                                                                                                                                                  15

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                            COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
Program                                                                                          COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
MHCC Faculty Advisors:                                                                                                                                                            12
Lynn D’Angelo: 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 dangleol@mhcc.edu                                     Fifth Quarter (Fall)
Juanita Loveland: 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1127 lovelanj@mhcc.                                     COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
edu                                                                                              COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative                                PSY201        General Psychology or
field full of color, fashion, and diversity. The instructors in the MHCC                                          PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3
cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire                                                                                                                  15
the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design,                             Sixth Quarter (Winter)
nail technology and facial technology.                                                           COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory                             COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
completion of criteria. Selected applicants will be identified prior to                                         Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3
Fall Term, 2003. Admitted students will be assigned a term, either                                                                                                                15
fall, winter, spring or summer, to start the program for this academic                           Seventh Quarter (Spring)
year. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.
                                                                                                 COS__         Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4
mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read the
application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.                             COS__         Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8
                                                                                                               Distribution requirement‡
The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers                                                      (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ............................ 3
in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial
technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured                                                                                                             15
nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture,
lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the                               * COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12
student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After                                   - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 - COS19 must be taken in
passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to                                    sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22
practice in his/her new career.                                                                       and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not
The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending                                 sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course
                                                                                                      placement is based on the term in which a student begins and
                                                                                                      the student must see the program advisor for placement.




                                                                                            28
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                 Dental Hygiene program.
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
                                                                                 Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to dem-
                                                                                 onstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of
Electives                                                                        2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement
In selecting Speech, or Health and Physical Education, or distribution           for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a
electives, the student may consult with the program advisor. Examples            mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must
of approved electives are:                                                       be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more
Health and Physical Education: HE252, HE253                                      details about the general education requirements of the Applied
Distribution: ART115, ART116, ART117,                                            Associate of Science Degree. To receive points on your applica-
                                                                                 tion a 100-level or higher mathematics course must be completed
      any PSY, any SOC, or Foreign Language
                                                                                 (excluding MTH211).
Speech: SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                              First Quarter                                                                     Cr
                                                                                 DH111       Introduction to Dental Hygiene .............................. 2
                                                                                 DH112       Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ....................... 3
Dental Hygiene                                                                   DH113
                                                                                 BI121
                                                                                             Dental/Oral Anatomy ............................................. 2
                                                                                             Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
                                                                                 BI234       Microbiology ......................................................... 4
Program                                                                          WR121       English Composition .............................................. 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor
Teresa H. Tong: 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726           tongt@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                  18
                                                                                 Second Quarter
The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quar-            DH121       Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................. 2
ters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction             DH122       Dental Hygiene Clinic I .......................................... 3
in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental            DH123       Oral Histology/Embryology ..................................... 1
hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to             DH124       Oral Radiology I .................................................... 3
provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student.              DH125       General Pathology ................................................. 3
Having completed the program and passed National and Regional                    BI122       Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4
Board examinations for dental hygienists, the graduate can be licensed
                                                                                             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1
to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate
degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood                                                                                                   17
Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to four-            Third Quarter
year colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.                     DH131       Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II ............................ 1
Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory             DH132       Dental Hygiene Clinic II ......................................... 3
completion of criteria. Applications packets are available on our web            DH134       Oral Radiology II ................................................... 2
site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506 to                 DH135       Oral Pathology ...................................................... 2
request a copy. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis.        DH136       Pharmacology ....................................................... 3
The information sessions are listed in the application packets. Once             DH137       Head and Neck Anatomy ......................................... 4
you have read the application materials and attended an information              SP111       Fundamentals of Public Speaking or
session, you may call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the                             SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3
admission process.
                                                                                                                                                                  18
Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude                                       Fourth Quarter
Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private                    DH211       Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III .......................... 1
dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health,             DH212       Dental Hygiene Clinic III........................................ 5
etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope                DH213       Expanded Functions............................................... 2
of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent,          DH214       Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2
particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal            DH215       Dental Materials .................................................... 2
requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with               DH216       Community Dental Health....................................... 2
a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an
                                                                                 DH217       Local Anesthesia ................................................... 2
aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual
dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and                         Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1
an ability to work with people.                                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                 Fifth Quarter
NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students must
satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent,               DH221       Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ........................... 1
as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be                  DH222       Dental Hygiene Clinic IV ........................................ 5
completed prior to the application deadline. During the program stu-             DH223       Public Health and Dental Research .......................... 2
dents must maintain a C grade or better in all dental hygiene courses            DH224       Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II................... 2
to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure                   FN225       Nutrition .............................................................. 4
examinations.                                                                    PSY201      General Psychology................................................ 3
Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence cur-                                                                                               17
rently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and           Sixth Quarter
BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology              DH231       Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V ............................. 1
requirement and may transfer more readily for advanced degrees.
All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH)
except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the



                                                                            29
DH232         Dental Hygiene Clinic V .......................................... 5                                                                                          14
DH233         Ethics and Jurisprudence........................................ 2             Third Quarter
DH234         Practice Management and Dental                                                 ECE122        Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities
                 Hygiene Issues .................................................. 2                          in Early Childhood ............................................. 2
SOC204        General Sociology.................................................. 3          ECE123        Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2
WR123         English Composition: Research ................................ 3               ECE144        Observation of Young Children ................................ 3
              Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1                      ECE148        Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...................................... 2
                                                                                 17          PSY235        Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ........... 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                        Mathematics requirement**‡ ............................... 3-4
                                                                                                                                                                       15-16
                                                                                             Fourth Quarter
Early Childhood Education                                                                    ECE156
                                                                                             ECE231
                                                                                                           Cooperative Planning Seminar III* .......................... 1
                                                                                                           Child Development: Theory to Practice .................... 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                        ECE236        Curriculum: Social-Emotional .................................. 3
Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22          whitee@mhcc.edu                              ECE244        Observation for Curriculum Development ................. 3
Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 or 503-491-7474                                                 ECE245        Guiding Challenging Children .................................. 2
 - Room AC2767 or EC16                       heidemac@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             WE280CDA      Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3
The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work                                                                                                             15
with children from birth through school age in both public and private                       Fifth Quarter
school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and                        ECE156        Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ........................... 1
backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs                        ECE237        Curriculum: Physical/Motor .................................... 3
and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is                          ECE246        Parent/Family Relations ......................................... 2
available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational                         ECE253        Early Childhood Environments ................................. 2
and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care,                     WE280CDA      Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3
private kindergarten, and as para-professionals in the public schools.                                     Distribution requirement‡ ..................................... 3
Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of
normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children,                                                                                                         14
and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster                       Sixth Quarter
positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and                             ECE156        Cooperative Planning Seminar V* ............................ 1
development.                                                                                 ECE224        Early Childhood Math and Science ........................... 2
                                                                                             ECE238        Curriculum: Cognition ............................................ 3
Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested
students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only                         ECE260        Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education ........ 2
a limited number of practicum opportunities are available and enroll-                        WE280CDA      Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3
ment in this aspect of the program is available only with consent of                                       Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3
the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents                                    Health & Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3
and others who work with young children.                                                                                                                                    17
With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program
competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The                                 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I
safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance.                                seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II
Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum set-                                 seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term.
tings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with                            ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an                                   Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
individual appointment with a program advisor.
Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs.                       Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate
Consult ECE program advisors regarding your individual needs.                                coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisors
                                                                                             will determine individual eligibility.
First Quarter                                                                    Cr
ECE131        Child Development................................................. 3              ‡ See pages 7-9.
ECE140        Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2
ECE145
ECE156
              Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3
              Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1                 Early Childhood Education
WE280CDA      Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3                  Certificate Program
              Communications requirement‡ ................................ 3                 MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                 15          Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22       whitee@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 or 503-491-7474
Second Quarter                                                                                - Room AC2767 or EC16                     heidemac@mhcc.edu
ECE121        Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences
                 in Early Childhood ............................................. 2          Successful completion of the curriculum for a one-year certificate
ECE147        Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3             allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of
ECE150        Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3        Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a C grade
ECE156        Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1                 average.) A one-year certificate prepares a student to enter the field
ECE170        Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2              of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child
WE280CDA      Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3                  care centers and private preschools or as a nanny.




                                                                                        30
First Quarter
ECE131
                                                                                Cr
             Child Development................................................. 3           Electronics Technology
ECE140       Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2                    Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/
ECE145       Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3                Certificate Program
ECE156       Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1                 MHCC Faculty Advisor
WE280CDA     Coooperative Education Internship* ....................... 3                   Jack Fassel: 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274           fasselj@mhcc.edu
WR101        Workplace Communications or
                WR121 English Composition ................................ 3                Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics tech-
                                                                                            nician. The Electronics Technology program at Mt. Hood Community
                                                                                15          College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training necessary
Second Quarter                                                                              to become a professional electronics technician.
ECE121       Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences
                                                                                            The Electronics Technology Program’s mission (consistent with the
                in Early Childhood ............................................. 2
                                                                                            College’s mission) is to provide an avenue to prepare a knowledge-
ECE147       Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3             based workforce of life-long learners who are adaptable to the changes
ECE150       Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3        in the electronics industry. The program provides a broad base of
ECE156       Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1                 knowledge that allows students to be employable in a wide spectrum of
ECE170       Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2              opportunities where electronics are used. The Electronics Technology
WE280CDA     Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3                  Program concentrates on technical fundamentals, proper methods of
             Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3                 electronic circuit and system assembly, use of standard measurement,
                                                                                17          test instruments and computer tools, and problem solving.
Third Quarter                                                                               Electronics Technicians are employed in a wide range of industry
ECE122       Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities                                         segments including:
                in Early Childhood ............................................. 2          • automotive and transportation
ECE123       Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2                    • avionics
ECE144       Observation of Young Children ................................ 3               • business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service)
ECE148       Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...................................... 2             • communications & telecommunications
PSY235       Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ........... 3                        • computer electronics
             Mathematics requirement‡ .................................. 3-4                • consumer electronics
                                                                           15-16            • entertainment electronics
                                                                                            • industrial and manufacturing electronics
   * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I                                • instrumentation electronics
     seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II                           • medical electronics
     seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term.                                  • military electronics
                                                                                            • power generation and distribution
   ‡       See pages 7-9                                                                    • semiconductor manufacturing
                                                                                            Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation,
Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while                             maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control
you earn!                                                                                   testing, fabrication, and technical sales support of today’s electronic
                                                                                            equipment as well as being valuable team members of research and
Non-traditional credit can help you earn a degree or certificate while                       development efforts for tomorrow’s systems. Electronic technicians
you’re working in early childhood education. You must have completed                        are employed as:
12 credits at MHCC to be eligible.
                                                                                            • applications engineering technician
Your prior training and current job experience may provide the                              • calibration technician
knowledge needed to successfully challenge a course. An ECE faculty                         • equipment technician
advisor will work individually with you to outline a degree path us-                        • field service and/or installation technician
ing a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your                        • industrial control technician
teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for
                                                                                            • manufacturing technician
prior learning.
                                                                                            • product evaluation technician
· Get credit for what you know                                                              • quality control technician
· Cut the time required to earn your college degree                                         • research and development technician
· Maintain your employment                                                                  • software qualification and/or test technician
                                                                                            • tech support
Non-traditional credit can provide the flexibility you need to make                          • technical writer and/or trainer
your dream of a college degree a reality!                                                   Choose between a one-year certificate in Electronics Technology or
(All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum                           a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. To earn the
competencies required for graduation. College and program require-                          one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms of
ments apply.)                                                                               the two-year AAS degree.
                                                                                            Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.
                                                                                            edu/admissons/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application
                                                                                            packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.




                                                                                       31
First Quarter
EET111       Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3
                                                                                   Cr
                                                                                               Engineering Technology
EET120A
EET120B
             DC Fundamentals ................................................... 3
             AC Fundamentals ................................................... 3
                                                                                               Architectural, Civil, or
MTH111
CIS120
             Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
             Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
                                                                                               Mechanical…
                                                                                               Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                                               Programs
                                                                                   17          Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves
Second Quarter                                                                                 the practical application of science and mathematics along with
EET140A      Semiconductor Applications I ................................. 3                  engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in
EET140B      Semiconductor Applications II ................................ 3                  design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians
MTH112       Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4                       provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople
WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3              doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women
             Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3                    in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood
                                                                                               Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three
                                                                                   16          areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical
Third Quarter                                                                                  Engineering Technology.
EET160A      Digital Applications I............................................. 3             Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework fo-
EET160B      Digital Applications II ........................................... 3             cusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry
CIS122       Computer Concepts III ........................................... 4               on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician
MTH251       Calculus I ............................................................. 4        participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy,
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the
                                                                                   17          ability to work in teams. With the tremendous range of jobs related
                                                                                               to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of
Fourth - Sixth Quarters                                                                        these skills where others may need all of them and more.
WE280ESB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
                                                                                               Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion
IT121A       Industrial Leadership ............................................. 1
                                                                                               of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web
PH201        General Physics I                                                                 site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506 to
                or CH104 General, Organic and                                                  request a copy. Once you have read the application packet, you may
                Biological Chemistry I....................................... 5                call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.
             Communication distribution requirement‡ ............... 3                         It is recommended that prospective students arrange for an interview
             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3                         with a program advisor before registering to clarify the emphasis of
                                                                                   16          the program.
Select 27 credits from the core list below:                                                    Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered.
EET214       Linear Integrated Circuits....................................... 3               Questions may be directed to the program advisor as listed for each
                                                                                               engineering degree.
EET220A      Microprocessors I .................................................. 3
EET220B      Microprocessors II ................................................. 3
EET232       Lasers and Fiber Optics ......................................... 3               Architectural Engineering Technology Degree
EET240A      Electronic Communications I .................................. 3                  (One-year certificate also available)
EET240B      Electronic Communications II ................................. 3                  MHCC Faculty Advisor
EET252       Programmable Controllers (PLCs)............................ 3                     Mike Brayson: 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 braysonm@mhcc.edu
EET260A      Control Systems I .................................................. 3
                                                                                               This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the
EET260B      Control Systems II ................................................. 3
                                                                                               design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in
EET262       Semiconductor Processing I .................................... 3                 the construction industry which include; building design, construc-
EET270       Semiconductor Equipment Overview ........................ 3                       tion management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and
EET272       Semiconductor Processing II .................................. 3                  technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find
                                                                                               employment with structural design firms, general and specialty con-
‡ See pages 7-9                                                                                tractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities
                                                                                               also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The
                                                                                               AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully
EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES                                                                    completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact
Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening                             the AET advisor for more information.
electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for beginning                          First Quarter                                                                  Cr
a path that will lead to a certificate or degree. Each core electronics                         ET120         Architectural Drawing ............................................ 3
course is presented during a single evening lecture session and the
                                                                                               ET123         Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3
corresponding lab time is selected by the student’s availability. See
the MHCC quarterly schedule for specifics.                                                      ART115        Basic Design I or Related Elective* ...................... 3-4
                                                                                               MTH60         Beginning Algebra I** ........................................... 3
                                                                                               WR121         English Composition*** ......................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                        15-16




                                                                                          32
Second Quarter                                                                                   First Quarter                                                                          Cr
ET135         Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3                   ET120           Architectural Drawing ........................................... 3
ET144         Computer Applications in Engineering                                               ET123           Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3
                 Technology ....................................................... 3            ET144           Computer Applications in Engineering
ET154         Computer Aided Design I**** ................................. 3                                       Technology or CIS120 and CIS120L Computer
MTH80         Technical Mathematics I** ..................................... 4                                     Concepts I (with lab) ...................................... 3-4
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ................ 3                       MTH95           Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle
                                                                                    16                              Trigonometry .................................................... 5
Third Quarter                                                                                    WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
ET130         Architectural CAD Drawing ..................................... 3                                                                                                   17-18
ET150         Plane Surveying .................................................... 4             Second Quarter
MTH85         Technical Mathematics II** .................................... 4                  ET154           Computer Aided Design I* ...................................... 3
PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3               HPE295          Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
WR227         Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3                MTH111          Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
                                                                                     17          PSY201          General Psychology................................................ 3
Fourth Quarter                                                                                   WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
ET204         Computer Aided Design II**** ................................ 3                                                                                                          16
ET221         Statics ................................................................. 4        Third Quarter
PH201         General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and                                   ET130           Architectural CAD Drawing .................................... 3
              Biological Chemistry I or                                                          ET150           Plane Surveying .................................................... 4
                 G201 Principles of Geology ............................. 4-5                    MTH112          Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4
              Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡                               WR227           Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3
3                                                                                                                                                                                      14
                                                                               14-15             Fourth Quarter
Fifth Quarter                                                                                    ET200           Route Surveying .................................................... 4
ET231         Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4                 ET204           Computer Aided Design II* .................................... 3
ET234         Engineering Economics .......................................... 3                 ET221           Statics ................................................................. 4
ET240         Project Design I .................................................... 3            PH201           General Physics I or CH104 General,
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3                                   Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ................. 4-5
                                                                                    13                                                                                            15-16
Sixth Quarter                                                                                    Fifth Quarter
ET250         Project Design II ................................................... 3            ET222           Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3
ET263         Structures ............................................................ 4          ET231           Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4
ET264         Soils and Concrete in Construction .......................... 3                    FT228           Introduction to Geographic Information
ET265         Site Development .................................................. 3                                 Systems ............................................................ 3
WE280ET       Coop. Education Internship or Related elective ........ 4                          MTH241          Elementary Calculus or MTH243 Probability and
                                                                                     17                             Statistics I or MTH251 Calculus I ......................... 4
                                                                                                                 Related elective .................................................... 3
   * If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is                                                                                                                      17
     suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the                                  Sixth Quarter
     related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related elec-                                ET232        Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................ 3
     tives listed on page 66.                                                                    ET263        Structures or Related elective................................. 4
  ** MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85.                                          ET264        Soils and Concrete in Construction .......................... 3
 *** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122.                                             ET265        Site Development .................................................. 3
**** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and                                                  Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡.......3
     ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted
     for ET204.                                                                                                                                                                        16

    ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                 * ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and
                                                                                                       ET164 may be substituted for ET204.
Civil Engineering Technology Degree
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                                 ‡ See pages 7-9.
Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667                     kenneyb@mhcc.edu

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering
                                                                                                 Civil Engineering Technology - Environmental
disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports,                                 (Pending approval of the State Board of Education)
harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer                             MHCC Faculty Advisor
systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect                             Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667                       kenneyb@mhcc.edu
our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil
engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing                               The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering
building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which                                disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports,
the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree                           harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer
include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter,                         systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect
construction inspector and materials technician.


                                                                                            33
our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The                                Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree
environmental option will provide preparation that allows the civil
engineering technician to support civil engineers in the environmental                             (One-year certificate also available)
                                                                                                   MHCC Faculty Advisor
issues related to all areas of city, county and state infrastructure.
                                                                                                   Troy Donaldson: 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579                       troy@mhcc.edu
First Quarter                                                                          Cr
ET120           Architectural Drawing ........................................... 3                This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering
                                                                                                   support activities required by industry. These courses give students
ET123           Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3
                                                                                                   experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the
ET144           Computer Applications in Engineering                                               scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computer-aided
                   Technology or CIS120 and CIS120L Computer                                       design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any
                   Concepts I (with lab) ...................................... 3-4                type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibili-
MTH95           Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle                                           ties such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician
                   Trigonometry .................................................... 5             in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would
WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3               be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation
                                                                                 17-18             equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials
                                                                                                   testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those
Second Quarter
                                                                                                   successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS
ET154           Computer Aided Design I* ...................................... 3                  degree. Contact the MET advisor for more information.
HPE295          Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
MTH111          Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4                      First Quarter                                                                       Cr
PSY201          General Psychology................................................ 3               ET122        Engineering Drawing.............................................. 3
WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                     ET123        Introduction to Engineering
                                                                                                                   Technology ...................................................... 3
                                                                                      16
                                                                                                   HPE295       Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
Third Quarter
                                                                                                   MTH95        Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle
ET130           Architectural CAD Drawing .................................... 3
                                                                                                                   Trigonometry*................................................... 5
ET150           Plane Surveying .................................................... 4
                                                                                                   WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
CH170           Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4
MTH112          Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4                                                                                                            17
WR227           Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3                Second Quarter
                                                                                                   ET135        Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3
                                                                                      18
                                                                                                   ET144        Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .... 3
Fourth Quarter
                                                                                                   ET154        Computer Aided Design I**..................................... 3
ET204           Computer Aided Design II* .................................... 3
                                                                                                   MTH111       Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions* ..................... 4
ET221           Statics ................................................................. 4
                                                                                                   WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
EHS101          Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3
ESR271          Environmental Science II: Introduction                                                                                                                                16
                   to Environmental Engineering ............................. 4                    Third Quarter
                                                                                                   ET132        Engineering CAD Drawing ....................................... 3
                                                                                      14
                                                                                                   MTH112       Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry* ................ 4
Fifth Quarter
                                                                                                   PSY201       General Psychology................................................ 3
ET222           Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3
                                                                                                   WR227        Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3
ET231           Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4
FT228              Introduction to Geographic Information                                                                                                                             13
                   Systems ............................................................ 3          Fourth Quarter
EHS143          Environmental Science Lab I: EPA                                                   ET204        Computer Aided Design II....................................... 3
                   Methodology Lab and Sampling ........................... 3                      ET221        Statics ................................................................. 4
EHS201          Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3                           BA255        Supervisory Management........................................ 3
                                                                                                   PH201        General Physics I ................................................... 5
                                                                                      16
Sixth Quarter                                                                                                                                                                         15
ET232        Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................ 3                        Fifth Quarter
ET265        Site Development .................................................. 3                 ET222        Fluid Mechanics or
EHS230       Pollution Prevention.............................................. 3                                  PH202 General Physics II ................................ 3-5
             Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡                                  ET231        Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4
3                                                                                                  ET234        Engineering Economics .......................................... 3
             Related Elective .................................................... 3               ET240        Project Design 1 .................................................... 3
                                                                                                   MFG212       CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4
                                                                                      15
                                                                                                                                                                                  17-19
    * ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and                                      Sixth Quarter
      ET164 may be substituted for ET204.                                                          ET250         Project Design II ................................................... 3
                                                                                                   WE280ET       Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
                                                                                                                 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡.......3
    ‡ See pages 7-9.
                                                                                                                 Related elective .................................................... 6
                                                                                                                                                                                      16
                                                                                                      * MTH60, 80, 85 may be substituted for MTH95,111,112.
                                                                                                     ** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154.




                                                                                              34
Engineering Technology Related Electives                                       What are the requirements needed in small business?
Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for                  As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is
the degree being sought. Electives are generally accepted only for             that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and
the programs indicated.                                                        don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or
     ART115 Basic Design I (MET)                                               work for an already existing business. You will be able to custom design
     CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (AET, MET)             your own program to fit your individual needs. Specialized courses in
     CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET)                                               your area of interest such as automotive, graphic design, cosmetology
     CH170 Environmental Chemistry (CET)                                       and others may be applied toward your entrepreneurship degree. At
     CIS122A Program Design (CET)                                              the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but
                                                                               you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident
     CIS125AA, CIS125AB, CIS125AC (CET)
                                                                               that you can start and successfully run a small business.
     CIS133SQL Introduction to SQL (CET)
     ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET)                    First Quarter (Fall)                                                                  Cr
     ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET)                                    BA100         Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................ 3
     ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET)                                 BA150         Developing a Small Business ................................... 3
     ET163 3-D AutoCAD (AET, MET)                                              BT103         Business Mathematics or
     ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (AET, MET)                                                    MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions .... 3-4
     ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (all)                      PSY201        General Psychology or
     ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (all)                                         PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3
     ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (all)                             WR121         English Composition or
     ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (all)                                               WR101 Workplace Communications I**................. 3
     ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (all)                                                                                                                             15-16
     ET179 AutoCAD Customization (all)                                         Second Quarter (Winter)
     ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET)                                          BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
     ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET)                               BA250         Small Business Management ................................... 3
     FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information                              BT210__       Word - Level I ....................................................... 1
      Systems (AET)                                                            BT210__       Word - Level II ...................................................... 1
     G201 Principles of Geology (AET, MET)                                     CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
     GE101 Engineering Orientation (CET)                                       WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking or
     GE102 Engineering Computations (CET)                                                       BA205 Business Communications** .................. 3-4
     MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab                                                 Mathematics requirement*** .................................. 3
       (MET)                                                                                                                                                   16-17
     MTH241 Elementary Calculus (AET, MET)                                     Third Quarter (Spring)
     WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET)                            BA200         Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3
     For other approved Engineering transfer, Computer Science or              HUM202        Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3
        Physical Science courses, see program advisor for details.             BT210__       Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1
        (CET) Approved Computer Science courses (AET, MET)                     BT210__       Excel - Level II...................................................... 1
                                                                                             ICDP Electives* ..................................................... 6
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                                                                                 14
                                                                               Fourth Quarter (Fall)
Entrepreneurship and Small                                                     BA202
                                                                               BA222
                                                                                             Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3
                                                                                             Finance ............................................................... 3
Business Management                                                            BA238         Sales .................................................................... 3
                                                                                             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                                  ICDP Electives* .................................................... 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor
Chuck Knocke: 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu                                                                                                          15
                                                                               Fifth Quarter (Winter)
Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for               BA223         Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3
a small business?                                                              BA264         eBusiness ............................................................. 3
The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program will                EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The                           ICDP Electives* .................................................... 6
program will include instruction and training in evaluating small busi-                                                                                             15
ness ideas and opportunities, developing skills and understanding the          Sixth Quarter (Spring)
resources necessary to go into business.                                       BA230         Business Plan-Operating/Financial .......................... 3
What are the opportunities in small business?                                  EC202         Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 employees          SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
have been the major contributing factor to employment growth in                              ICDP Electives* .................................................... 6
Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses in Oregon and                                                                                              15
nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What this means is that small
business is where the new and existing jobs are, and small businesses             * Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives
hire people with the education, knowledge and experience relating                   The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program
to the needs of their small business. This program is directly focused              allows for students to develop with their advisor an individual
on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business.



                                                                          35
     custom designed program that meets their small business                             Managing as an Entrepreneur
     needs and specific interests. The program allows students at                         BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
     least 24 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize                       BA250         Small Business Management ................................... 3
     in a specific area relating to their chosen field in small busi-                      BA264         eBusiness ............................................................. 3
     ness. Upon entering the program each student will meet with
                                                                                         BT210__       Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1
     his/her advisor and mutually develop an individual custom
     designed program that will provide them with the necessary                          BT210__       Excel - Level II...................................................... 1
     expertise to be a successful entrepreneur.                                          SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
  ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122, 2)                                                                                                                    15
     WR121 and BA205, or 3) WR101 and BA205.                                             Third Quarter (Spring)
 *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                         Planning as an Entrepreneur
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                   BA200         Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3
                                                                                         BA230         Business Plan-Operating/Financial .......................... 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                      BA238         Sales .................................................................... 3
                                                                                         HUM202        Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3

Entrepreneurship and Small
                                                                                                       Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                              15
Business Management                                                                         * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
                                                                                              Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
Certificate Program
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                        ‡ See pages 7-9.
Chuck Knocke: 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will
help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own                         Environmental Health and
business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportuni-
ties. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a                   Safety
business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. You                      Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
will be able to answer these questions:                                                  MHCC Faculty Advisor
· What is it like to own and operate your own business?                                  Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571
· Would you like to start and operate a business from your own                           mohtashj@mhcc.edu
   home?
                                                                                         The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students a
· How do you find and evaluate small business
   opportunities?                                                                        basic understanding of the environmental health and safety issues.
                                                                                         The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and
· Would you like to learn about franchising?
                                                                                         chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this
· Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of
                                                                                         field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship.
   you own?
                                                                                         The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people
· What is actually involved in operating a small business?
                                                                                         now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety and health,
· What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss?                                 or environmental management, and those with no related job experi-
· What are the important skills involved in operating a successful                       ence wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this
   small business of your own?                                                           area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing
                                                                                         professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in
Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be in-                      the EHS program may transfer to several different four-year schools
terested in starting their own business within a short period of time.                   for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields.
They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that                    Interested students should contact the program advisor for additional
they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise.                   information.
For those students who want more education or training in a custom-
                                                                                         What are the Possibilities for Employment?
designed program, they should investigate the two-year associates
degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. The                            The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students
two-year program allows students to customize their own individual                       for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health and
program of skill, development and training by choosing to take more                      safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person
elective courses. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program                  responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. Employment
are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy                      in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers,
for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for                      regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists,
a two-year degree.                                                                       researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the health and
First Quarter (Fall)                                                          Cr         safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers,
                                                                                         accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program
Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities
                                                                                         developers, and program managers.
BA100         Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................ 3
BA150         Developing a Small Business ................................... 3          First Quarter                                                                         Cr
BA202         Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3                 EHS100        Introduction to Environmental Health
BT210__       Beginning Windows ............................................... 1                         and Safety ........................................................ 2
BT210__       Internet for the Business Professional ..................... 1             EHS101        Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1          CH104         General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* .......... 5
WR121         English Composition or                                                     MTH95         Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle
                 WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3                                Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I:
                                                                             15                         Elementary Functions** .................................... 4-5
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                                                                                                  14-15

                                                                                    36
Second Quarter
EHS143       Environmental Science Lab I: EPA                                                Environmental Health and
ESR281
                Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................ 3
             Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3
                                                                                             Safety
BI101        General Biology I*** ............................................. 4            Certificate Program
CH105        General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ......... 5                      MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                             Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571
WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                             mohtashj@mhcc.edu
                                                                                 18
Third Quarter                                                                                Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety.
EHS171       Environmental Science I: Chemistry                                              The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry
                of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3              in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety and
ESR285       Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3                    health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find
BI102        General Biology II*** ............................................ 4            this option a beginning point for the associate degree program.
CH170        Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4               Basic Course Requirements                                                         Cr
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                  EHS100       Introduction to Environmental Health
                                                                                 17                          and Safety ........................................................ 2
Fourth Quarter                                                                               EHS101       Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3
EHS221       Environmental Safety I: Emergency                                               EHS171       Environmental Science I: Chemistry
               Response Planning............................................. 4                              of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3
EHS225       Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3                     ESR281       Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3
ESR271       Environmental Science II: Introduction to                                       CIS120       Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3
               Environmental Engineering ................................. 4                 CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
CIS120       Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3             CH104        General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5
CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1               CH170        Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4
             Approved electives**** ......................................... 3              MTH95        Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle
                                                                                 18                        Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I:
Fifth Quarter                                                                                              Elementary Functions* ...................................... 4-5
EHS201       Environmental Health and Safety                                                 PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3
                Regulations II .................................................. 3          SP111        Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
EHS222       Environmental Safety II: Environmental                                          WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
               Auditing ........................................................... 4
WE280EVB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                  In addition to basic course requirements above, add:
             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3
                                                                                             Safety and Regulations Electives
             Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3                  (3 required)
                                                                                             EHS221       Environmental Safety I: Emergency
                                                                                 17
Sixth Quarter                                                                                                Response Planning............................................. 4
EHS230       Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3              EHS225       Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3
EHS243       Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to                                   EHS201       Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3
               Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4               EHS222       Environmental Safety II: Environmental
WE280EVB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                                   Auditing .......................................................... 4
             Approved Humanities/Social Science                                              ESR285       Safety and Health Standards and Laws .......................
                                                                                             3
               distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3
                                                                                             Science and Technology Electives
                                                                                 14
                                                                                             (3 required)
                                                                                             EHS143       Environmental Science Lab I: EPA
   * CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and CH105.                                                Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................ 3
  ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substi-                             EHS230       Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3
     tuted.                                                                                  EHS243       Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to
 *** Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted for                                               Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4
     BI101 and BI102.
                                                                                             ESR271       Environmental Science II: Introduction to
**** Any 200 level course in science, social science, or humanities.
                                                                                                            Environmental Engineering ................................. 4
Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the EHS Program,
are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER                               * Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substi-
(EPA 165.1) training without additional cost.                                                     tuted.

   ‡ See pages 7-9.




                                                                                        37
Environmental Horticulture                                                                         * Oregon Department of Agriculture Pesticide Licensing Re-
Certificate Program                                                                                   certification Credits are typically available for HOR133, HOR165,
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                                 HOR166 and HOR167. These courses may be offered under a
Sven Svenson: 503-491-7477 - Room AC 2589 svensons@mhcc.edu                                          ‘short course’ format throughout the year. A section of HOR165
                                                                                                     may be offered in Winter.
Horticulture is the largest agronomic industry in Oregon. Wholesale                               ** Sections of selected courses may also be available during
sales of nursery plants, greenhouse plants, and Christmas trees grown                                quarters when they are not scheduled.
in Oregon exceeded $830,000,000 in 2001. These industries continue                               *** Students must have completed necessary prerequisites and
to grow even during slow economic cycles, helping to keep Oregonians                                 placement examinations before starting the certificate pro-
employed. In the United States, only California and Florida produce                                  gram.
more ornamental plants than Oregon. Successful production of nurs-
ery and greenhouse crops in Oregon often requires use of advanced                                  ‡ See pages 7-9.
technology, including robotics, computer control systems, and tissue
culture systems.
Positions are available for horticultural specialists in production,
business management, pest management, marketing, government in-
                                                                                                Fisheries Technology
spection, public gardens, teaching, research, horticultural supplies and
                                                                                                Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
equipment, the health care industry, sales, and many other areas. At                            Program
MHCC, many students are employed while they are full-time students.                             MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                                Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu
MHCC offers a one-year certificate program in Horticulture. The cur-
                                                                                                Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13       hannat@mhcc.edu
riculum prepares students for immediate entry into the greenhouse or
nursery industries.                                                                             The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree cur-
Many horticulture classes transfer to other community colleges and to                           riculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private,
Oregon State University as part of an Associate Degree or Bachelor’s                            federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician.
Degree program                                                                                  Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and
                                                                                                fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide
Additional Costs                                                                                hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including
Horticulture courses may require students to purchase hand tools,                               operations in the campus fish hatchery.
texts and miscellaneous items, including clothing suitable for outdoor                          Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by
activity.                                                                                       the student. Students completing the program will usually assist
Fall Quarter**/***                                                                  Cr          in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the
HOR100        Introduction to Horticulture .....................................3               rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is
HOR140        Horticultural Practices: Calculations ..........................2                 a necessity.
HOR143        Horticultural Practices: Plant Propagation ..................4                    Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised
HOR226        Plant Identification and Use I ...................................3                that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admis-
MTH65         Beginning Algebra II ................................................3            sion is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of
                                                                                                placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site
                                                                                    15          at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the ap-
Winter Quarter**                                                                                plication packet, if you have questions about the admission process,
HOR141        Horticultural Practices: Structures, Equipment                                    please call 503-491-7346.
                 and Systems.........................................................3
HOR142        Horticultural Practices: Water, Soils, Substrates                                 First Quarter                                                                     Cr
                 and Fertilizers ......................................................4        FI101         Fishery Techniques I .............................................. 4
HOR145        Horticultural Practices: Nursery Management** ..........3                         FI111         Fish Biology I ....................................................... 4
HOR227        Plant Identification and Use II ..................................3                MTH20         Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra* ....................... 3
BUS43         Introduction to Operation Management:                                             WR115         Introduction to Expository Writing** ...................... 3
                 Horticulture .........................................................3                                                                                          14
                                                                                    16          Second Quarter
Spring Quarter**                                                                                FI102         Fishery Techniques II ............................................. 4
HOR133        Chemical Safety and Application* ..............................3                  FI112         Fish Biology II ...................................................... 4
HOR144        Horticultural Practices: Greenhouse Crop Production ...3                          BT210__       Excel - Level I or CIS equivalent.............................. 1
HOR166        Integrated Pest Management: Pests* .........................2                     BT210__       Word - Level I or CIS equivalent .............................. 1
HOR167        Integrated Pest Management: Weeds* ........................2                      MTH60         Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3
HOR228        Plant Identification and Use III.................................3                 WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
WR101         Workplace Communications I or                                                                                                                                       16
                 WR121 English Composition...................................3                  Third Quarter
                                                                                    16          FI103         Fishery Techniques III ........................................... 4
Summer Quarter**                                                                                FI113         Fish Biology III ..................................................... 4
HOR165        Integrated Pest Management: Diseases* .....................2                      MTH65         Beginning Algebra II ............................................. 3
SP100         Basic Speech Communication or                                                     PE185FSW      Swimming and Basic Water Safety ........................... 1
                 SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ... 3                        WLD116        General Welding I .................................................. 3
              Human Relations‡ ...................................................3             WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                     8                                                                                            18



                                                                                           38
Fourth Quarter                                                                               According to accreditation standards of the American Board of Fu-
FI201            Fish Husbandry I ............................................... 6          neral Service Education, an individual must take the National Board
FI205            Fisheries Lab Techniques .................................... 2             Examination as written by the International Conference of Funeral
FI207            Data Collection Techniques ................................. 3              Service Examining Boards, in order to complete the Funeral Service
                                                                                             degree from any accredited program.
FI211            Field Projects I ................................................. 2
FI221            Building Maintenance and Repair ........................ 4                  Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.
                                                                                             mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read
                                                                                 17          the application materials, if you have questions about the admission
Fifth Quarter                                                                                process, you can call 503-491-7346. Application deadline is the end
FI202            Fish Husbandry II .............................................. 6          of February.
FI212            Field Projects II ................................................ 2
FI222            Equipment Maintenance and Repair ..................... 4                    First Quarter                                                                      Cr
FI231            Current Issues in Natural Resources ..................... 1                 FSE121          Funeral Service Orientation .................................... 3
HE252         First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3                  AH12            Medical Vocabulary or
                                                                                 16                             MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................ 2-3
Sixth Quarter                                                                                CIS120/L        Computer Concepts I (w/Lab) or
FI203            Fish Husbandry III............................................. 3                               BA231 Information Technology in Business ......... 4
FI213            Field Projects III ............................................... 2        HPE295          Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal
                                                                                                                Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to
FI241            Stream Habitat Assessment and
                                                                                                                Emergencies...................................................... 3
                 Improvement .................................................... 2
                                                                                             WR121            English Composition ............................................. 3
PS297         Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3
SP100         Basic Speech Communication or                                                                                                                                15-16
                 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............... 3                     Second Quarter
VT10FIA       Special Projects*** ............................................... 1          FSE122       Funeral Service Sociology....................................... 3
WR199FI       Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries.................... 2                  AH11 Survey of Body Systems ..................................................... 4
                                                                                             BA226        Introduction to Business Law I ............................... 3
                                                                                 16          MTH65        Beginning Algebra I* ............................................. 3
                                                                                             PSY201       General Psychology ............................................... 3
   * Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin their math-
     ematics sequence in the fall.                                                                                                                                              16
  ** Students placing in WR121 should begin their writing se-                                Third Quarter
     quence in the fall.                                                                     FSE124          Funeral Service Law ............................................... 3
 *** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the summer.                                 AC110           General Accounting I or
                                                                                                               BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................ 4
                                                                                             CH104           General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5
Funeral Service Education                                                                    SP100           Basic Speech Communication
                                                                                                               or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
Program
                                                                                                                                                                                15
MHCC Faculty Advisors
Doug Ferrin: 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555            ferrind@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             Fourth Quarter**
The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College                          FSE211          Embalming I ......................................................... 4
is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer                          FSE219          Embalming Chemistry ............................................ 3
credit from an accredited college or university may apply against                            FSE221          Funeral Home Management I................................... 3
comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course                        FSE225          Funeral Directing................................................... 3
must have a grade of C or higher.                                                            FSE226          Funeral Service Psychology..................................... 3

Objectives:
                                                                                                                                                                                16
                                                                                             Fifth Quarter
1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors                        FSE212          Embalming II ........................................................ 4
   and embalmers.
                                                                                             FSE214          Restorative Art ..................................................... 3
2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the
   funeral service profession.                                                               FSE216          Funeral Service Microbiology or
3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to                                               BI234 Microbiology ........................................ 3-4
   help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary                           FSE222          Funeral Home Management II ................................. 3
   of the profession.                                                                        FSE227          Funeral Service Counseling ..................................... 3
4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the                                                                                                          16-17
   funeral service profession to the community at large.                                     Sixth Quarter
5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct.                                           FSE213          Embalming III....................................................... 3
6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction.                         FSE217          Funeral Service Pathology ...................................... 3
7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service.
                                                                                             FSE240          Funeral Service Internship*** ................................. 6
8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service profes-
   sionals.                                                                                  FSE245          Funeral Service Issues............................................ 3
The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by                                                                                                               15
following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters
in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from accredited institu-                          * Note, students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the
tions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work                             College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter.



                                                                                        39
  ** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for              MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic
     acceptance into fourth quarter.                                            design. It is a limited-entry program. Applicants are admitted on a
 *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits                    space available basis after admission criteria have been met and a
     (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3                 portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are
     credits.                                                                   sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                             may be able to enroll in specific courses winter and spring terms with
                                                                                instructor permission. To be fully admitted into the program, students
Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission           must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following fall
to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high            term. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic
school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can               Design program advisor at 503-491-6992 to discuss curricula, employ-
be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same                ment opportunities, aptitude, etc. Application packets are available
standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted             on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have
to the college prior to acceptance in the program.                              read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7165 if you have
                                                                                questions about the admission process.
The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants
who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to
                                                                                First Quarter (Fall)                                                                Cr
those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority            GD113         Digital File Preparation .......................................... 4
to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington,          GD114         Digital Typography I ............................................. 4
Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally.            GD120         Graphic Design I.................................................... 4
Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington                 WR121         English Composition or
automatically pay in-state tuition.                                                              WR101 Workplace Communications I* .................. 3
More information is available at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/                                                                                                    15
catalog/programs/funerl.htm                                                     Second Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                GD115         Digital Typography II............................................. 4
                                                                                GD121         Graphic Design II .................................................. 4
Graphic Design                                                                  GD145
                                                                                WR122
                                                                                              Digital Imaging ..................................................... 4
                                                                                              English Composition: Critical Thinking or
Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                               WR102 Workplace Communications II* ................. 3
Program
                                                                                                                                                                   15
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                Third Quarter (Spring)
Christina Maier: 503-491-6992 - Room AC 1375 maierc@mhcc.edu
                                                                                GD116         Digital Typography III ........................................... 4
Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to        GD122         Graphic Design III ................................................. 4
communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images,           GD146         Advanced Digital Imaging ...................................... 4
the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces               ART203        Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3
designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience.                            Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3
While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed                                                                                                 18
material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with         Fourth Quarter (Fall)
computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation            GD240         HTML Programming for Graphic Designers................. 4
and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines,             GD244         Digital Page Layout ............................................... 4
posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia                 GD249         Graphic Design Practicum or
presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created                              WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4
by graphic designers.
                                                                                ART279        Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3
As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment                                                                                                     15
with project management skills to develop overall communications
                                                                                Fifth Quarter (Winter)
strategies for their clients. When a design concept is decided upon,
graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers,             GD241         Interactive Media Design ....................................... 4
editors, programmers and printers to complete a compelling design               GD246         Digital Publication Design ...................................... 4
that communicates the client’s message effectively.                             GD249         Graphic Design Practicum or
                                                                                                 WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4
Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual
                                                                                              Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3
problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and
written communication skills are important for understanding instruc-                                                                                              15
tions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh                Sixth Quarter (Spring)
computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are                GD236         Portfolio .............................................................. 4
required at all levels of employment.                                           GD242         Advanced Interactive Media Design ......................... 4
Graphic design students benefit from the use of the college’s newest             GD249         Graphic Design Practicum or
Macintosh computer lab where they learn the latest image-editing,                                WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4
illustration, page layout, and web page design tools. As members of                           Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3
the larger Integrated Media Group, students will collaborate with                                                                                                  15
television, radio and photography majors as they explore the rela-
tionship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in a
                                                                                   * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2)
variety of digital media.
                                                                                     WR101 and WR102.
                                                                                  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
                                                                                     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

                                                                                   ‡ See pages 7-9.



                                                                           40
Hospitality and Tourism                                                                        CIS125_       Software Applications or BT210_ Software
                                                                                                               Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1
Management                                                                                                   Related elective** ................................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                                   17
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                                    Fifth Quarter (Winter)
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                          HT180_       Airline Computer Reservations System Training or
Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665                  carrierc@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                               HT206 Hotel/Resort Operations Management........ 3
Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664                   franksl@mhcc.edu
www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/                                                                      HT247        Airlines, Cruises and Tours or
                                                                                                               HT270 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control ...... 3
Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program                              HT144        Destination Specialist or
designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism                                        AC110 General Accounting I or
industry. The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel,                                           BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 2-4
travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting plan-                        BA238        Sales .................................................................... 3
ning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction,                        CIS125_      Software Applications or BT210__ Software
cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program
                                                                                                               Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1
and allow for on-the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and
occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives.                                           Related elective** ................................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                              15-17
First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr
                                                                                               Sixth Quarter (Spring)
HT104         Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3
                                                                                               HT248        eTravel.com or HT215 Managerial
HT106         Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3                                     Accounting for the Hospitality Industry............... 3
HT140         Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3                 HT230        Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3
BT103         Business Mathematics or                                                          HT249        Hospitality Issues and Trends ................................. 3
              Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3                        WE280HTB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
              Mathematics requirement (MTH60 or above)*‡ ......... 3                                        Related elective** ................................................. 3
                                                                                   15                                                                                              16
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                        Related Electives
HT141         Customer Service Management ................................ 3                   Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism
              Related elective or HT107 Introduction to                                        courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with
                Leisure and Recreation Management .................... 3                       an advisor to determine which courses are most appropriate to the
HT133         Convention and Meetings Management .................... 3                        student’s goals and area of interest.
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
                                                                                               HT226/227/228 Beverage Management: Wines of the World
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                                               HT229       Beverage Management: Alcoholic and Non-Alcoholic
WR121         English Composition or
                                                                                                             Beverages
                WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3
                                                                                   16
                                                                                               Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for
Third Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                               those courses which require a prerequisite.
HT142         Travel and Tourism Agency Operations or
                 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:                                  * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
                 Concept to Customers ........................................ 3                    Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
HT180_        Airline Computer Reservations System Training or                                   ** Instructor approval required.
                 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality
                 Industry ........................................................... 3           ‡ See pages 7-9.
HT144         Destination Specialist or WE280HTB
                 Cooperative Education Internship ................... 2-4                      Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with
PSY201        General Psychology or                                                            The Travel Institute (TTI) and offers the Certified Travel Counselor
                                                                                               and Destination Specialists Certifications.
                 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking
                 or WR102 Workplace Communications II or
                 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking                                         Hospitality and Tourism
                 or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115
                  Intro to Intercultural Communication or                                      Management
                 BA205 Business Communications ..................... 3-4                       Certificate Program
                                                                              14-17            MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                               Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665                      carrierc.mhcc.edu
Fourth Quarter (Fall)
                                                                                               Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664                       franksl.mhcc.edu
HT241         International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3                    www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/
HT242         Supervisory Management in the
                 Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3             Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Manage-
HT250         Travel and Tourism Marketing or                                                  ment and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism,
                 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3                      Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Manage-
WE280HTB      Cooperative Work Experience or                                                   ment, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing
                 HT235, HT236, or HT237 Culinary Arts -                                        the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate
                 Food Prep I, II, or III ........................................ 4            degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management.




                                                                                          41
Basic Course Requirements:                                                               Cr          Convention and Meetings Management Concentration
HT104            Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3                      In addition to the basic course requirements, add:
HT106            Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3                        HT233         Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) ....... 3
HT141            Customer Service Management ................................ 3                      HT105         Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:
HT230            Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3                                    Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3
WE280HT          Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                      HT181         Computer Applications in the
BA238            Sales .................................................................... 3                         Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3
CIS120L          Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1                   HT133         Convention and Meetings
BT210___         Software Applications* or CIS125___                                                                  Management (Winter) ........................................ 3
                    Software Applications* (*instructor approved) .... 2                             HT260         Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3
PSY101           Psychology of Human Relations or                                                    AC110         General Accounting I or BA211 Principles
                    PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3                                      of Accounting I ................................................. 4
WR101            Workplace Communications I .................................. 3
                 Mathematics requirement*‡......................................                     Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration
3                   (plus) Program Specialties (See Below) .......... 18-19                          In addition to the basic course requirements, add:
                                                                                                     HT107         Introduction to Leisure and Recreation
Certificate Program Concentrations                                                                                     Management (Winter) ........................................ 3
Travel and Tourism Management Concentration                                                          HT207         Managing and Programming of Recreation
In addition to the basic course requirements above, add:
                                                                                                                      and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) .............. 3
HT140         Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ........................ 3
                                                                                                     AC110         General Accounting I or BA211 Principles
HT142         Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Sp) ............. 3
                                                                                                                      of Accounting I ................................................. 4
HT180_        Airline Computer Travel Reservation
                                                                                                     HE252         First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3
                 System Training (Worldspan - Winter) or
                                                                                                                   Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives ..................... 6
                 (Apollo - Spring) ............................................... 3
HT241         International Hospitality and Tourism

HT247
                 (Fall) ................................................................ 3
              Airlines, Cruises and Tours (Winter) ......................... 3
                                                                                                     Machine Tool Technology
HT250         Travel and Tourism Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3                        Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
                                                                                                     Program
                                                                                                     MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                                     Timothy Polly: 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42                     pollyt@mhcc.edu
Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration                                                            Ron Hartline: 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43                     hartlinr@mhcc.edu
In addition to the basic course requirements above, add:
HT105         Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:                                              The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is
                 Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3                        to prepare students for entry into machining occupations. Students
HT206         Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Wi) .............. 3                               participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and
HT181         Computer Applications in the                                                           actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by machinists.
                 Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3                       This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer
HT215         Managerial Accounting for the                                                          numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will
                                                                                                     also be introduced to CAD/CAM (computer assisted design/computer
                 Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3
                                                                                                     assisted manufacturing) software and its applications. The program
HT260         Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3                         is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the met-
AC110         General Accounting I or BA211 Principles                                               alworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill
                 of Accounting I ................................................. 4                 building necessary for participation in an individual credential from
                                                                                                     NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS
Food Service Management Concentration                                                                are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies
                                                                                                     involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are
In addition to basic course requirements, add:
                                                                                                     expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to
HT105         Catering, Restaurant and Food Management:                                              maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to
                Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3                         progress in the program.
HT270         Food, Beverage and Labor
                Cost Control (Winter) ......................................... 3                    Employment Opportunities
HT181         Computer Applications in the                                                           Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the
                                                                                                     machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program
                Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3
                                                                                                     are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to
HT215         Managerial Accounting for the                                                          careers such as:
                Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3
HT260         Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3                          - manual and CNC machine operators
AC110         General Accounting I or BA211 Principles                                                - maintenance machinist
                of Accounting I ................................................. 4                   - tool and die maker
                                                                                                      - quality assurance technician
                                                                                                      - instrument makers
                                                                                                     Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries
                                                                                                     such as:
                                                                                                      - forest products/paper/lumber
                                                                                                      - medical technologies




                                                                                                42
 - aerospace technologies
 - computer hardware technologies                                                               * WR101 and WR102. Students may substitute SP100 or SP111
 - heavy industrial manufacturing                                                                 for WR102. Students transferring to OIT, OSU, or other schools
 - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing                                                    offering a baccalaureate program must take WR121 and
 - and many other manufacturing settings                                                          WR122. Students wanting to take WR121 may need to take
Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion                             WR115 as a prerequisite if indicated by their writing place-
of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web                               ment level.
site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the                               ** Minimal computer literacy required. See program advisor.
application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.
                                                                                                ‡ See pages 7-9.
Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall,
Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications and approval
from program advisors.                                                                       Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with
                                                                                             program advisors early in the first quarter.
First Quarter                                                                     Cr
MFG110        Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 3
MFG111        Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 3           A Recognition of Completion, Computer Numerical Control,
MFG113        Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3                       may be given to students who complete the following list of courses.
MFG116        Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2                  The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons
              Communications requirement* ................................ 3                 already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish
                                                                                             to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. These
                                                                                 14          classes require that all students have a basic set of machinist tools.
Second Quarter
MFG130        Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 3             Students are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on
                                                                                             core curriculum classes to receive a Recognition of Completion. Ap-
MFG131        Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 3
                                                                                             plications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance
MFG134        Metallurgy Theory ................................................. 3          are available in the Industrial Division. Interested students should
MFG135        Metallurgy Lab ...................................................... 1        contact the Machine Tool Technology advisor, Industrial Division.
MFG136        Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3
                                                                                             Please note that the following courses will be offered based on suf-
MTH34         Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3
                                                                                             ficient enrollment.
                                                                                 16
Third Quarter                                                                                Machine Tool Operator
                                                                                             MFG110B       Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 2
MFG115        Industrial Safety ................................................... 3
                                                                                             MFG111B       Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 2
MFG137        Introduction to Computer-Aided Design
                                                                                             MFG113        Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3
                 for Machinists** ................................................ 2
                                                                                             MFG116        Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2
MFG150        Machine Shop III Theory ........................................ 3
                                                                                             MFG130B       Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 2
MFG151        Machine Shop III Lab............................................. 3
                                                                                             MFG131B       Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 2
MFG153        CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining ........... 4
                                                                                             MFG136        Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3
MTH35         Professional-Technical Computation III ................... 3
                                                                                             MFG153        CNC Machining ...................................................... 4
                                                                                 18          MTH34         Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3
Fourth Quarter
MFG213        Integrated Machine Shop I Theory .......................... 2
MFG214        Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ............................... 3                A Recognition of Completion, CAM (Computer Assisted Manu-
MFG215        Inspection and Measurement .................................. 4                facturing) - CNC Milling, may be given to students who complete
                                                                                             the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review
MFG216        CNC/CAM Applications ........................................... 4
                                                                                             of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade
WLD116        General Welding I .................................................. 3         or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a
                                                                                 16          current occupation. This group of courses will focus on the methods
Fifth Quarter                                                                                of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs.
MFG212        CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4         This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture
MFG231        Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ......................... 2                  of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through
MFG232        Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .............................. 3                an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may
MFG236        Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3                be offered in any term depending on student demand. Applications for
                                                                                             the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available
              Human Relations requirement* ............................... 3
                                                                                             in the Industrial Division.
              Communications distribution requirement‡ .............. 3
                                                                                 18          CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Milling
Sixth Quarter                                                                                MFGX25        MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2
MFG250        Applied Machine Shop Theory ................................. 3                MFGX26        MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2
MFG251        Applied Machine Shop Lab ...................................... 3              MFGX27        MasterCAM Mill - Level III ........................................ 2
MFG256        Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT                                               MFGX28        MasterCAM Mill - Level IV ....................................... 2
                (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) .......... 3
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life                                                    A Recognition of Completion, CAM (Computer Assisted Manu-
                 or HE250 Personal Health                                                    facturing) - CNC Turning may be given to students who complete
                 or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies.... 3                         the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured
WE280MFA      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3                 review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine
                                                                                             tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge
                                                                                 15



                                                                                        43
related to a current occupation. The CNC Turning option will focus on                      Third Quarter (Spring)
the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill                          MA23         Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3
and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master                        MA25         Disease Processes .................................................. 3
CAM in the development of CNC turning programs. This will include                          MO24         Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3
study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course
                                                                                           MO26         Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3
is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student
demand. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of                      HPE295       Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
attendance are available in the Industrial Division.                                                                                                                      15
                                                                                           Fourth Quarter (Fall)
CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Turning                                        MA20         Clinical Procedures I .............................................. 5
MFGX25        MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2
                                                                                           MO31         Medical Coding I ................................................... 3
MFGX26        MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2
                                                                                           PSY201       General Psychology................................................ 3
MFGX31        MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ...................................... 2
                                                                                           SP115        Introduction to Intercultural Communication or
MFGX32        MasterCAM Lathe - Level II .................................... 2
                                                                                                           SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3
NIMS Credential Exam Preparation                                                                                                                                          14
Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam
                                                                                           Fifth Quarter (Winter)
will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for                     MA21         Clinical Procedures II ............................................. 5
the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class.                        MA24         Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3
Those interested need to contact program advisors for information                          MO12         Diversity and Health Care ....................................... 2
on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation                         MO30         Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3
for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for                          WE280MAB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
additional information on NIMS.                                                                                                                                           17
Fall, Winter, Spring                                                                       Sixth Quarter (Spring)
MFGX11        Machine Tool Applications Lab ................................ 2             MA26         Basic Electrocardiography Techniques...................... 1
                                                                                           MA40         Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* .......... 1
                                                                                           MA46         Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab .................. 1
Medical Assistant                                                                          MA48
                                                                                           WE280MAC
                                                                                                        Telephone Triage in the Medical Office ..................... 1
                                                                                                        Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8
Limited Entry Associate of Applied Science Degree
Program                                                                                                                                                                   12
                                                                                              * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
MHCC Faculty Advisor
Sue Boulden: 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2770                bouldens@mhcc.edu                    ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
                                                                                                Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and admin-
istrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpatient                           ‡ See pages 7-9.
healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a
wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam,                         Students must have health exams and must document initiation of
giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception                         the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles
desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the                         immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering
ever-changing modern medical office.                                                        the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be
After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive                            on file. Please contact the Allied Health Department for the appropri-
two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of                          ate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations
Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of                          and supplies will be the responsibility of the student.
settings: medical centers, outpatient clinics, urgent care clinics, and                    Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evi-
specialized medical offices.                                                                dence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training which may
Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion                      be obtained from any certified training site.
of admission criteria. Application packets are available on our web                        Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.
site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.
First Quarter (Fall)                                                            Cr
MA19          Introduction to Medical Assisting ........................... 2              Medical Office Specialist
MO14
BI121
              Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3
              Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4                       - Accounting
MTH60         Beginning Algebra I (or higher)**‡ ......................... 3               Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
CIS120L       Computer Concepts I Lab* ...................................... 1            MHCC Faculty Advisor
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3         Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu
                                                                               16
                                                                                           A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                    receivable, billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance
MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3              record keeping, and budget and financial records.
MO15          Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3
MO25          Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3            Students interested in accounting work in a medical setting should
                                                                                           enjoy working with healthcare professional, demonstrate strong
MO47          Medical Calculations .............................................. 3
                                                                                           communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues,
BI122         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4                      and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing
                                                                               16          competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in
                                                                                           classes in this program.


                                                                                      44
Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices,
public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories,                       Medical Office Specialist -
insurance companies, and governmental facilities.
First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr
                                                                                               Administrative Secretary
MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3                   Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
AH11          Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4               MHCC Faculty Advisor
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1                 Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu
PSY201        General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology                                          A Medical Office specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain
                of Human Relations ........................................... 3               skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers,
SP100         Basic Speech Communication or SP115                                              scheduling, coding, and billing. This option appeals to one who enjoys
                Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3                          helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers
                                                                                   14          a variety of job assignments.
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                        Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting
MO12          Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2              should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate
MO14          Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3             strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health
MO25          Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3                issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have
BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4              typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling
BA231         Information Technology in Business ........................ 4                    in classes in this program.
                                                                                   16          Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices,
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                         public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories,
MO15          Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3              insurance companies, and governmental facilities.
MO24          Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3                    First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
MO26          Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3                MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3
MO31          Medical Coding I ................................................... 3           AH11          Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4
BA212         Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3               CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3             MTH20         Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ..... 3
                                                                                   18          PSY201        General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                                           of Human Relations ........................................... 3
MO30          Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3             SP115         Introduction to Intercultural Communication
BA101         Introduction to Business........................................ 4                                or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3
BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4                                                                                                 17
BA222         Finance*............................................................... 3        Second Quarter (Winter)
BT110         Business Editing.................................................... 3           MO12          Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2
                                                                                   17          MO14          Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                         MO25          Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3
MA24          Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3              AC120         Accounting for Professional Services or
MO40          Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3                              BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4
MO47          Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3             BA231         Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
BA177         Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing                                                                                                                   15-16
                 Requirements ................................................... 3            Third Quarter (Spring)
BT220         Electronic Calculator.............................................. 1            MO15          Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3
                                                                                  13           MO24          Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                         MO26          Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3
MA23          Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3                         MO31          Medical Coding I ................................................... 3
BT218         Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3                         WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3                                                                                              15
MTH20         Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra                                                Fourth Quarter (Fall)
                (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3           MO30          Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3
WE280MOB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                   MO34          Medical Transcription I* ......................................... 3
                                                                                   16          BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4
   * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog.                                  BT110         Business Editing.................................................... 3
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                               BT126         Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                         BT210         Software Applications (Choice of Word,
                                                                                                               Access, or Excel) (optional) ..............................(1)
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                                                                                       16-17
                                                                                               Fifth Quarter (Winter)
The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B                             MA24          Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3
vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current                           MO32          Medical Coding II .................................................. 3
Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.                                        MO40          Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3
Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.                                       MO47          Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3
                                                                                               BT111         Editing Techniques ................................................ 3
                                                                                                                                                                               15


                                                                                          45
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                      First Quarter (Fall)                                                                Cr
MA23          Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3                      MO10             Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3
MA25          Disease Processes .................................................. 3        AH11             Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4
BT218         Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3                      CIS120L          Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3           MTH20            Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra
WE280MOB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                                    (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3
                                                                                16          PSY201           General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology
   * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog.                                                   of Human Relations ........................................... 3
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                            SP115            Introduction to Intercultural Communication
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                                          or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3
                                                                                            BT11F            Basic Keyboarding (optional) ................................(2)
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                                                                                        17-19
                                                                                            Second Quarter (Winter)
The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B                          MO12             Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2
vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current                        MO14             Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3
Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.                                     MO25             Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3
Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.                              BA211            Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
                                                                                            BA231            Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
                                                                                                                                                                                16
Medical Receptionist Recognition of Completion, may be                                      Third Quarter (Spring)
awarded to a student who completes the following list of courses.
The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons                         MO15             Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3
already employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish                        MO24             Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3
to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please                      MO26             Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3
check the course description section in the back of this catalog to                         MO31             Medical Coding I ................................................... 3
determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications                         BA101            Introduction to Business........................................ 4
for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are avail-                                                                                                          16
able with the program advisor.                                                              Fourth Quarter (Fall)
Medical Receptionist                                                                        MA25             Disease Processes (optional) ................................(3)
BT110         Business Editing (F/W/Sp)...................................... 3             MO30             Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3
BT210         Word - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1             BA205            Business Communications ...................................... 4
MA24          Medical Law and Ethics (W) .................................... 3             BA255            Supervisory Management........................................ 3
MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) .................. 3                  BT110            Business Editing.................................................... 3
MO12          Diversity and Healthcare (W) .................................. 2             HPE295           Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
MO14          Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 3                                                                                                16-19
MO24          Introduction to Medical Transcription (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 3                        Fifth Quarter (Winter)
MO25          Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ........................... 3                MA24             Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3
MO26          Medical Office Procedures II (W/Sp) ........................ 3                 MO32             Medical Coding II .................................................. 3
MO30          Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ................................. 3             MO40             Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3
MO31          Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ..................................... 3             BA206            Management Fundamentals .................................... 3
WE280MOB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                BA226            Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3
                                                                                            WR121            English Composition .............................................. 3

Medical Office Specialist                                                                    Sixth Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                                                                                                                18

- Management                                                                                MA23         Pharmacology for Medical
                                                                                                           Office Occupations............................................. 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program                                                 MO41 Medical Coding III ............................................................ 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                            MO42         Applied Billing and Coding ..................................... 3
Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu
                                                                                            BA224        Human Resources Management ............................... 3
A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a                              WE280MOB/C Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 4-8
healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office                                                                                                        16-20
operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventu-
ally mange some segment of a medical organization.                                              * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog.
Students interested in management work in a medical setting should                             ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong                                   Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues,
and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing                                ‡ See pages 7-9.
competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in
classes in this program.                                                                    The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B
Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’offices,                         vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current
public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories,                    Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.
insurance companies, and governmental facilities.                                           Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.




                                                                                       46
Medical Billing/Claims Analyst Recognition of Completion,
may be given to a student who complete the following list of courses.                      Medical Office Specialist
These courses provide a structured review of skills used by those em-
ployed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain                       - Unit Secretary
additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check                         Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine                    MHCC Faculty Advisor
the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the                          Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu
non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with
the program advisor.                                                                       A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center
Medical Billing/Claims Analyst                                                             of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a
                                                                                           dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other health-
AH11 Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 4
                                                                                           care professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong
BT11F        Basic Keyboarding (F/W/Sp) ................................... 2              communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility.
BT220        Electronic Calculator (S/F/W/Sp)............................. 1               Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowl-
MA24Medical Law and Ethics (W) ................................................ 3          edge before enrolling in classes in this program.
MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) ............................. 3
                                                                                           Upon graduation, students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices,
MO12 Diversity and Healthcare (W).............................................. 2
                                                                                           public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories,
MO14 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp)..................................... 3              insurance companies, and governmental facilities.
MO15 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) ...................................... 3
MO25 Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ....................................... 3            First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
MO26 Medical Office Procedures II (W/Sp) .................................... 3             MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3
MO30Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ............................................. 3          MO14          Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3
MO31 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ................................................. 3         AH11          Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4
MO32 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ................................................... 3        MTH20         Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra
MO40         Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3                              (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3
MO41 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ................................................ 3         CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1
MO42         Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3              PSY201        General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology
WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8                                    of Human Relations ........................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                           17
Medical Office Coding Recognition of Completion, may be                                     Second Quarter (Winter)
given to a student who complete the following list of courses. These                       MO12          Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2
courses provide a structured review of skills used by those employed                       MO15          Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3
in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain addi-                        MO24          Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3
tional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the                         MO25          Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3
course description section in the back of this catalog to determine                        BA231         Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the
                                                                                                                                                                           15
non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with
the program advisor.
                                                                                           Third Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                           MO26          Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3
                                                                                           MO34          Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3
Medical Office Coding                                                                       HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
AH11 Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................. 4               SP115         Introduction to Intercultural Communication
MA23         Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations (Sp) .... 3                                         or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3
MA24Medical Law and Ethics (W) ................................................ 3          WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3
MA25         Disease Processes (F/Sp) ........................................ 3                                                                                           15
MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) ............................. 3               Fourth Quarter (Fall)
MO12 Diversity and Healthcare (W).............................................. 2          MO31          Medical Coding I ................................................... 3
MO14 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp)..................................... 3              MO36          Medical Transcription II ......................................... 3
MO15 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) ...................................... 3             BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4
MO25 Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ....................................... 3            BI121         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4
MO30Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ............................................. 3          BT110         Business Editing.................................................... 3
MO31 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ................................................. 3                                                                                         17
MO32 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ................................................... 3        Fifth Quarter (Winter)
MO40         Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3              MA24          Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3
MO41 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ................................................ 3         MO32          Medical Coding II .................................................. 3
MO42         Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3              MO47          Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3
WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8                    BI122         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4
                                                                                           BT218         Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3
                                                                                           BT220         Electronic Calculator.............................................. 1
                                                                                                                                                                           17




                                                                                      47
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                      Second Quarter (Winter)
MA23          Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3                      MO12         Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2
MA25          Disease Processes .................................................. 3        MO15         Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3
WE280MOB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                MO34         Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3
                                                                                10          BT110        Business Editing.................................................... 3
                                                                                            BT123        Keyboarding for Accurcy and Speed ......................... 3
   * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog.                               MTH20        Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                                            (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                                                                                                      17
                                                                                            Third Quarter (Spring)
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                         MA25         Disease Processes ................................................... 3
                                                                                            MO36         Medical Transcription II ........................................... 3
The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B                          BT111        Editing Techniques ................................................. 3
vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current                        HPE295       Health and Fitness for Life ....................................... 3
Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.                                     WR121        English Composition* .............................................. 3
Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.                                                                                                              15
                                                                                            Fourth Quarter (Fall)
                                                                                            MO44         Medical Transcription III ........................................ 3
Medical Transcription                                                                       BI121
                                                                                            BT124
                                                                                                         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4
                                                                                                         Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .... 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
                                                                                            PSY201       General Psychology or
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                            PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3
Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu
                                                                                            SP115        Introduction to Intercultural Communication
Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into compre-                                                or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............... 3
hensive records that accurately communicate medical information.                                                                                                            16
These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each                         Fifth Quarter (Winter)
patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and                           MA24         Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3
fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as
                                                                                            MO31         Medical Coding I ................................................... 3
references for scientific research.
                                                                                            MO46         Medical Transcription IV......................................... 3
Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of health-                     BI122        Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4
care settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals,                     WE280MOB     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, labora-
tories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies,                                                                                                           17
medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers,                   Sixth Quarter (Spring)
legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and as-                      MA23         Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3
sociations representing the healthcare industry. Transcriptionists may                      MO32         Medical Coding II .................................................. 3
also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription                        MO48         Medical Transcription V: Medical Specialty .............. 3
services or hospitals, or as independent contractors.                                       WE280MOC     Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8
Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who                                                                                                          17
possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical
transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical                           * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.
knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning,                             ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
and excellent English and computer skills.                                                       Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level posi-
tions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical                            ‡ See pages 7-9.
courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical
record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic                          Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis
physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medi-                        B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current
cal specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical                      Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.
knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and
physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports,                        A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required.
and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and
other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using
proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation.
First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
MO10          Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3
MO14          Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3
MO24          Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3
AH11          Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4
CIS120        Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1
                                                                                17




                                                                                       48
Mental Health/Human                                                                         Fifth Quarter
                                                                                            HS266      Intervention Strategies II ...................................... 3
Service                                                                                     HS291
                                                                                            HDFS224
                                                                                                       Practicum Seminar................................................. 2
                                                                                                       Abuse in the Family ............................................... 3
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                       MTH60      Beginning Algebra I or
Program                                                                                                   MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                                     Mathematics****............................................ 3-4
Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu                                WE280HSB   Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765     allenl@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                                                                                             15
                                                                                            Sixth Quarter
                                                                                            HS291      Practicum Seminar................................................. 2
Mental Health/Human Service is a tremendously diverse field of study
devoted to preparing students as professionals in mental health, addic-                     PSY226     Psycho-Social Development II................................. 3
tions counseling, community corrections, youth work and gerontology.                        SW201      The Field of Social Welfare ..................................... 3
Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the                       WE280HSB   Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities.                                   Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1
These facilities deal with the emotional, social and physical needs of                                 Science/Mathematics requirement‡ ......................... 3
the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the                                                                                                           16
elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group                      Curriculum Tracks
dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing,
recording and other helping skills.                                                         A) Generalist
                                                                                            PSY201     General Psychology................................................ 3
This two-year course of study is designed to meet transfer requirements                     PSY202     General Psychology................................................ 3
for Portland State University’s Child and Family Studies Program and
                                                                                            PSY203     General Psychology................................................ 3
Concordia University’s Social Work Program through formal agreements
with these institutions. Interested students should contact program                                    Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1
advisors for additional information.                                                                   Related electives................................................ 2-3
Prospective students must meet admission program criteria before                            B) Chemical Dependency Counselor
being considered for admission. Only completed applications received                        HS141      Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances* ................. 3
by the deadline will be assessed for admission. Applications are avail-                     HS142      Addiction Theories* ................................................ 3
able on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once                              HS143      Treatment of Addiction* .......................................... 3
you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please                         HE208      Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........... 1
call 503-491-7165.                                                                          C) Youth Worker
First Quarter                                                                    Cr         HS141      Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3
HS101         Introduction to Social Services ............................... 3             HS154      Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3
HS107         Orientation to Mental Health Careers ...................... 3                 HS153      Principles of Youth Development*/** ...................... 3
HS111         Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2        CJA230     Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process or
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3                        Related electives ............................................ 2-3
                                                                                11          HE208      Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1
Second Quarter                                                                              D) Gerontology
HS112         Interviewing Skills II............................................. 2         HS141      Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3
HS121         Case Management .................................................. 3          PSY222     Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ........... 2
HS150         The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3                     SOC232     Death and Dying ................................................... 3
PSY235        Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ......... 3                        HE202      Adult Development and Aging ................................. 1
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                           General Education requirement‡ ............................ 3
HE 207        Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1               E) Community Corrections
                                                                                15          HS141      Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3
Third Quarter                                                                               CJA112     Criminal Justice Admin.: The Court System............... 3
HS113         Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ...................... 3              CJA113     Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections
HS291         Practicum Seminar................................................. 2                        System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the
PSY236        Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging .......... 3                                      Juvenile Justice Process..................................... 3
PSY239        Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3                   HE208      Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1
WE280HSB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                Related Electives
                                                                                15          HS144      Dual Diagnosis II* ................................................. 2
Fourth Quarter                                                                              HS154      Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3
HS265         Intervention Strategies I ....................................... 3           HS155      Negotiations ......................................................... 1
HS291         Practicum Seminar................................................. 2          HS156      Milieu Management* .............................................. 3
PSY225        Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 2              HS157      Gangs ................................................................... 1
SOC206        General Sociology***............................................. 3           ASL101     American Sign Language - Beginning I .................... 3
WE280HSB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                PSY222     Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons* ............ 2
                                                                                            RUS111     Beginning Russian Conversation I ........................... 3
                                                                                14
                                                                                            SPAN111    Beginning Spanish Conversation I ........................... 3




                                                                                       49
   * Courses open to professionals in the human services field.                                  Second Quarter
     Students must apply for college admission as a general studies                             HS150         The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3
     major at www.mhcc.edu/admissions .                                                         HS155         Negotiations* ....................................................... 1
  ** HS153 offered alternate years.                                                                           Specialty course .................................................... 3
 *** SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for SOC206                                                            Mathematics requirement**‡ ................................. 3
**** Students who plan to transfer to PSU or Concorida should
     consult with program advisor before making selection.
                                                                                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                Third Quarter
    ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                            HS113         Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural...................... 3
                                                                                                HS153         Principles of Youth Development* ........................... 3
Program Web Link:                                                                               HS156         Milieu Management* .............................................. 3
http://www.mhcc.edu/programs                                                                    HS291         Practicum Seminar................................................. 2
                                                                                                WE280HSB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
Transfer Schools’Web Links
P o r t l a n d S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y - h t t p :// w w w.c f s . p d x . e d u                                                                                          15
Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu                                               Fourth Quarter
                                                                                                HS291         Practicum Seminar................................................. 2
                                                                                                WE280HSB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
Mental Health/Human                                                                                                                                                                6

Service Youth Worker                                                                            Specialty Courses
                                                                                                CJA230        Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ....... 3
Restricted Entry, Certificate Program                                                            HDFS224       Abuse in the Family ............................................... 3
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                           HS141         Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3
Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu                                    HE208         Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1
Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765     allenl@mhcc.edu                                   PSY222        Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ........... 2
The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have
a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want                               * Courses open to professionals in the human services field.
to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to                                Students must apply for college admission as a general studies
prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving                                 major at wwww.mhcc.edu/admissions .
agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based.                                           ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
                                                                                                     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes
during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses.
                                                                                                   ‡ See pages 7-9.
Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to
take selected courses from the certificate program listing.
Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice
programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and
                                                                                                Natural Resources
community facilities.                                                                           Technology - Forest
Students interested in this program must apply for and be accepted
into the Mental Health/Human Service program. Within the application                            Resources
materials, applicants need to designate the Youth Worker Certificate                             Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
as their major. Students can obtain the application materials on our                            Program
web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.
                                                                                                MHCC Faculty Advisor
All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the Associate of                              Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu
Applied Science Degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Students
who complete this certificate program have the option of continuing                              The Natural Resources Technology program, Forest Resources option
their course work toward the Associate Degree of Applied Science                                prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural
in Mental Health/Human Service. In such a case, the student would                               resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a
need to change their major to Mental Health/Human Service in order                              wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as
to register for cores classes.                                                                  reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation,
                                                                                                timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife
Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for
                                                                                                habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. The Forest Resources option
a total of 38 credit hours.
                                                                                                is recognized by the Society of American Foresters.
Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the
                                                                                                Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of
specialty course listing.
                                                                                                weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions.
Core Courses                                                                                    There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to
                                                                                                stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping,
First Quarter                                                                       Cr
                                                                                                aerial photo interpretation and database management.
HS111            Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2
HS154            Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3              Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn
PSY225           Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 2               field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks
                                                                                                and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced
WR121            English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                                equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis.
                 Specialty course .................................................... 3        In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship,
                                                                                    13          which gives college credit for on-the-job work experience.




                                                                                           50
Students desiring to enter Natural Resources Technology program                               Related Electives
are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after                         The related elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area
satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are                        of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students
available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once                           should consult with their adviser to determine which course will best
you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the                         meet their academic and professional goals.
admission process, please call 503-491-7346.
                                                                                              See advisor for baccalaureate curriculum.
Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several four-
year institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with                         MHCC Program Web Link:
the program advisor for current information.                                                  www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/
First Quarter (Fall)                                                              Cr          Transfer School’s Web Link:
F111          Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3                  Oregon State University - www.cof.orst.edu
F141          Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3
CIS90         Computing Applications (optional) ........................(1)
MTH60
PE285OL
              Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3
              Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3
                                                                                              Natural Resources
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3            Technology - Wildlife
Second Quarter (Winter)
                                                                             15-16
                                                                                              Resources
FT122         Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4             Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
NR160         Wildland Fire......................................................... 3        Program
NR180         Career Development Techniques .............................. 1                  MHCC Faculty Advisors
FW251         Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3                Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu
MTH80         Technical Mathematics I......................................... 4              Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu
                                                                                  15
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                        The Natural Resources Technology program, Wildlife Resources option
F200          Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4                 is designed to educate field technicians for natural resource manage-
NR144         Forest Protection: Fire, Insects and Diseases ........... 4                     ment with an emphasis on wildlife resources. This ecosystem centered
NR230         Forest Botany ....................................................... 4         program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands,
MTH85         Technical Mathematics II ....................................... 4              wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and
                                                                                  16          botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employ-
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                         ment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in
F240          Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4              private industry.
FT221         Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping; or FT220                                    A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both
                 Aerial Photo Interpretation (3) and FT226                                    in the classroom and in the field. Students use a variety of advanced
                 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping (3) ............. 5-6                       equipment and technology. Each student in the program completes a
FT222         Forest Measurements II.......................................... 4              cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final
                                                                                              field project which allows the students to integrate their previous
NR242         Watershed Processes .............................................. 3
                                                                                              coursework into a “real-life” situation.
                                                                             16-17
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                        Students desiring entry into the Natural Resource Technology Program
                                                                                              are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after
FT228         Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3
                                                                                              satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are
NR212         Current Issues ....................................................... 1        available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once
NR244         Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3                you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the
PSY101        Psychology of Human Relations ............................. 3                   admission process, please call 503-491-7346.
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
              Related elective .................................................... 3         First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr
                                                                                              F111         Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3
                                                                                  16          F141         Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3
Sixth Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                              CIS90        Computing Applications (optional) ........................(1)
FT235         Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3
                                                                                              MTH60        Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3
NR238         Timber Harvesting and Products ............................. 5
                                                                                              PE285OL      Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3
NR246         Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics.......... 3
                                                                                              WR121        English Composition* ............................................. 3
WE280NRA      Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 3
WR227         Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3                                                                                          15-16
                                                                                              Second Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                  17          FT122         Forest Measurements I............................................. 4
                                                                                              NR160         Wildland Fire.......................................................... 3
   * Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI
                                                                                              NR180         Career Development Techniques ................................ 1
  ** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satis-
                                                                                              FW251         Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3
     fy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second
     years.                                                                                   MTH80         Technical Mathematics I .......................................... 4
                                                                                                                                                                                 15




                                                                                         51
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                       Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.
F200         Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4                 edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and Records Office. Once you
NR230        Forest Botany ....................................................... 4         have read the application packet, if you have questions about the
FW253        Birds: Biology and Techniques ................................ 4                admission process, please call 503-491-7346.
MTH85        Technical Mathematics II ....................................... 4              First Quarter (Fall)                                                              Cr
                                                                                 16          F111          Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                        F141          Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3
F240         Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4              CIS90         Computing Applications (optional)* ......................(1)
FT221        Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping; or FT220                                    MTH60         Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3
               Aerial Photo Interpretation (3) and FT226                                     PE285OL       Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3
               Fundamentals of Resource Mapping (3) ............. 5-6                        WR121         English Composition or WR101 Workplace
NR242        Watershed Processes .............................................. 3                             Communications I.............................................. 3
FW252        Mammals: Biology and Techniques........................... 4                                                                                                 15-16
                                                                            16-17            Second Quarter (Winter)
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                       FT122         Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4
FT228        Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3                          NR160         Wildland Fire......................................................... 3
NR212        Current Issues ...................................................... 1         NR180         Career Development Techniques .............................. 1
NR224        Introduction to Wetlands Identification                                          FW251         Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3
                and Management ............................................... 3             WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking or
NR244        Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3                                  WR102 Workplace Communications II.................. 3
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                                                                                                    14
             Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3                  Third Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                 16          FT235         Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                       NR230         Forest Botany ....................................................... 4
FT235        Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3            FW253         Birds: Biology and Techniques or NR144 Forest
NR260        Field Projects........................................................ 3                         Protection: Fire, Insects and Diseases ................ 4
FW254        Fish: Biology and Techniques .................................. 4               PSY101        Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3
WE280NR      Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 3                                                                                                     14
WR227        Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3
                                                                                 16          Program Web Link:
                                                                                             http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/
   * Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI

                                                                                             Nursing
  ** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satis-
     fy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second
     years.                                                                                  Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
   ‡ See pages 7-9.
                                                                                             Program
                                                                                             MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                             Janie Griffin: 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2792                   griffinj@mhcc.edu
Program Web Link:
http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/                                                      Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have
                                                                                             health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with
Transfer School Web Links:                                                                   other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific
Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu/                                         and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can inde-
or http://catalog.oregonstate.edu/Interdisciplinary Program Deail.                           pendently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and
aspx?code=9                                                                                  nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable
                                                                                             or unstable. The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxil-
                                                                                             iary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing
Natural Resources                                                                            are abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most
                                                                                             of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College generally
Technology                                                                                   find employment within three months of graduation.
                                                                                             Completion of the program’s course of study fulfills the educational
Limited Entry, Certificate Program
                                                                                             requirements necessary to be eligible to apply to take the licensure
MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                             examination (NCLEX) as a registered nurse. Licensure is necessary to
Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN) and is obtained by satisfac-
Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             tory completion of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX)
Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu
                                                                                             through the Oregon State Board of Nursing. Required and related
Students may earn a certificate in Natural Resources Technology. The                          general education courses are part of the basic curriculum.
curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or                          The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis
public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or any-                         B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and Tu-
one interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a                         berculin skin test (PPD), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the
beginning point for the associate degree program.                                            first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State
                                                                                             Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry
                                                                                             into second quarter (Fall).



                                                                                        52
Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily                          BI240        Pathology or PSY239 Introduction to
completing qualifying criteria. Application packets are available on                                           Abnormal Psychology ......................................... 3
our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Information ses-                              MTH65        Beginning Algebra (or higher)*?**.........................(3)
sions are also offered on a regular basis. The information sessions are
listed in the application packet. Once you have read the application
                                                                                                                                                                             12-15
materials and attended an information session, you can call 530-491-                            PSY239 and BI240 may be taken either Winter or Spring term. Both
7165 if you have questions about the admission process. Placement                               must be completed by the end of the first year.
of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on completion                            Fifth Quarter
of curriculum requirements and current licensure in Oregon. Packets                             NUR201       Nursing IV ............................................................ 5
describing this procedure should also be obtained from the Admissions                           NUR211       Nursing Pharmacology............................................ 3
and Records Office. LPNs seeking this consideration should contact                               NUR222A      Nursing Clinical IV- A ............................................. 2
the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and the Program Director                              NUR222B      Nursing Clinical IV-B .............................................. 2
early for an individualized plan of study.
                                                                                                NUR231       Nursing Lab IV ...................................................... 1
Accommodations are available by following the procedures established                                                                                                             13
by MHCC Disability Services Office.
                                                                                                Sixth Quarter
Students who wish to transfer into the program directly from another                            NUR202       Nursing V.............................................................. 5
nursing program should contact the nursing program director. Transfer                           NUR232       Nursing Clinical V .................................................. 4
students must meet transfer student admission criteria and will be                                           Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3
accepted on a space available basis.                                                                         Social Science requirement ..................................... 3
Program Prerequisites: WR121 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or                                                                                                                 15
higher; BI231 or the equivalent; CH104 with a grade of “C” or higher,                           Seventh Quarter
or one year of high school chemistry with a grade of “C” or better;
                                                                                                NUR203       Nursing VI* .......................................................... 4
and MTH65 or the equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher, or place
into MTH95 or higher on the College Placement Test. (Students must                              NUR242       Nursing Clinical VI ................................................. 6
complete these courses before applying to the program.)                                         WR227        Technical Report Writing or
                                                                                                                WR123 English Composition: Research ................. 3
Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to dem-
onstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of                                                                                                                      13
2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement                                        * MTH243 is recommended for students who plan to earn a BSN.
for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a                                   ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must                                          Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more                                          ‡ See pages 7-9.
details about the general education requirements of the Applied
Associate of Science Degree.
Students must complete BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in                                      Office Assistant
NUR101.                                                                                         Certificate Program
Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.                                        MHCC Faculty Advisor
First Quarter                                                                       Cr          Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu
BI234         Microbiology ......................................................... 4          Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are
FN225         Nutrition .............................................................. 4        created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers
PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3              are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of any
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    organization depends upon office support professionals. Each job
                                                                                   14           will require a person with good communication skills (both verbal
Second Quarter                                                                                  and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and good
NUR101        Nursing I .............................................................. 5        human relations skills although specific duties vary with different
                                                                                                positions.
NUR111        Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ........(2)
NUR121        Nursing Lab I ........................................................ 1          Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work
NUR122        Nursing Clinical I ................................................... 2          in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office
PSY237        Human Development .............................................. 4                support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector.
                                                                                                Those individuals who are eager to enter the world of work at an
                                                                               12-14            entry-level position will find this program appealing.
Third Quarter
NUR102        Nursing II............................................................. 5         First Quarter (Filing Clerk)                                                      Cr
NUR131        Nursing Lab II....................................................... 1           BT101        Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1
NUR132        Nursing Clinical II ................................................. 3           BT110        Business Editing.................................................... 3
NUR220        Nursing Assessment ............................................... 2              BT122        Professional Keyboarding*/** or
NUR221        Nursing Assessment Lab ......................................... 1                                BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................. 3
PSY239        Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or                                            BT210___     Beginning Windows .............................................. 1
                 BI240 Pathology ............................................... 3              BT210___     Word - Level I ...................................................... 1
                                                                                   15           BT210___     Word - Level II ..................................................... 1
Fourth Quarter                                                                                  BT218        Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3
NUR103        Nursing III ........................................................... 4         CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
NUR141        Nursing Lab III ..................................................... 1           PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations or
NUR142        Nursing Clinical III ................................................ 4                           PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3
                                                                                                                                                                                  17


                                                                                           53
Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist)                                                           In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Administrative
BT111         Editing Techniques ................................................ 3           Assistant, this program offers courses in:
BT116         Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3                   Office Administration/Management
BT123         Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed* or                                             Legal Administrative Assistant (Recognition of Completion)
                 BT122 Professional Keyboarding*/** ................... 3                        Computer Technology/Web Publishing
BT125         Word Processing with WordPerfect* ........................ 3                    This is a program designed for students who seek immediate employ-
BT210___      Word - Level III .................................................... 1         ment in the field of office management and administration and provides
AC120         Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3                  training for both first-time job seekers and experienced employees
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3            who wish to advance in their careers. Credits earned through the legal
                                                                                              career path lead to a Legal Administrative Assistant Recognition
                                                                                  19          of Completion. For more information about these career paths, visit
Third Quarter (Office Clerk)                                                                   the program website at www.mhcc.edu and search the MHCC website
BT117         Professional Development ...................................... 3               for Office Management/Administrative Assistant.
BT126         Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3
                                                                                              Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses
BT210___      Excel - Level I ...................................................... 1        specifically designed to give students the opportunity to focus on
BT210___      Access - Level I ..................................................... 1        various career paths. Internet research skills, web page development,
BT225         Document Processing* ........................................... 3              support and maintenance can be developed by taking related electives
BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4                with a focus in computer technology. Students may take a variety of
              Mathematics requirement***‡ ................................ 3                  business administration courses that stress higher-level decision mak-
                                                                                  18          ing. In the legal administrative focus, students learn to create legal
   * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See                            documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases.
     course description in back of catalog.                                                   Employment opportunities for full-time, part-time, or temporary work
  ** Students must complete either 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2)                                   in the Portland Metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office
     BT122 and BT123.                                                                         support staff and legal administrative assistants in the public and
 *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                              private sectors is high. Legal administrative assistants rank among
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                        the highest entry-level salaries in the field.
                                                                                              First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
Related Programs                                                                              BT___        Keyboarding***..................................................... 3
In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult                          BT101        Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1
with the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Office                               BT110        Business Editing.................................................... 3
Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportunities                             BT218        Records Management with Microsoft Access or
further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree pro-
                                                                                                             BT116 Business Tools and Techniques................... 3
gram, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might
also wish to consider additional coursework in Legal Administratiave                          BT210___     Beginning Windows .............................................. 1
Assistant, Office Administration Management, and Computer Technol-                             BT210___     Word - Level I ....................................................... 1
ogy/Web Publishing.                                                                           HPE295       Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
                                                                                              CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
                                                                                                                                                                               16
Office Management/                                                                             Second Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                              BT___        Keyboarding***..................................................... 3
Administrative Assistant                                                                      BT111
                                                                                              BT116
                                                                                                           Editing Techniques ................................................. 3
                                                                                                           Business Tools and Techniques or BT218
Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                                         Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3
Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777     brushr@mhcc.edu                                  BT210___     Word - Level II ..................................................... 1
Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.                                    BT210___     Word - Level III .................................................... 1
edu                                                                                           AC120        Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3
Pam Shields: 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780   shieldsp@mhcc.edu                                               Mathematics requirement****‡............................... 3

Students who are interested in providing essential support in a variety
                                                                                                                                                                               17
of offices will be interested in pursuing this degree. Today’s office                           Third Quarter (Spring)
management assistants handle many of the traditional managerial re-                           BT___        Keyboarding***..................................................... 3
sponsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents,                        BT117        Professional Development** ................................... 3
and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to hire and oversee                           BT125        Word Processing with WordPerfect* ......................... 3
support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel, work                             BT225        Document Processing* ........................................... 3
directly with managers, and resolve conflicts.                                                              Related electives** ............................................... 3
Other responsibilities include budgeting and organizing office func-                                                                                                            15
tions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary in                        Fourth Quarter (Fall)
different types of organizations, the job requires good organizational,                       BT126        Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3
analytical, and clerical skills; initiative; flexibility; good human rela-                     BT210___     Internet for the Business Professional .................... 1
tions and interpersonal communication skills; and the ability to make                         BT210___     PowerPoint - Level I .............................................. 1
decisions and work without supervision.                                                       BT210__      PowerPoint - Level II ............................................. 1
                                                                                              BA101        Introduction to Business or Related electives** ....... 4
                                                                                              WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                                           Related electives** ............................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                               16


                                                                                         54
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                          BT210       Access - Level I ..................................................... 1
BT210___       Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1        BT210       Access - Level II.................................................... 1
BT210___       Excel - Level II ..................................................... 1         BT210       Publisher - Level I ................................................. 1
BA205          Business Communications* ..................................... 4                 BT210       Publisher - Level II ................................................ 1
WE280OP        Cooperative Education Internship or                                              BT210       WordPerfect - Level I ............................................. 1
                 Related electives** ........................................ 3-4               BT210       WordPerfect - Level II ............................................ 1
               Related electives** ............................................... 4            WE280OPB Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4
                                                                              13-14                  Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu
Sixth Quarter (Spring)
BA226          Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3                 Computer Technology/Web Publishing
BA231          Information Technology in Business or                                            Within this focus, you can also develop project management expertise,
                  Related electives** ........................................... 4             Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take related elec-
WE280OPA       Cooperative Education Internship or                                              tives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related
                  Related elective**(s) ......................................... 4             electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifi-
               Social Science/Humanities distribution                                           cally designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office
                                                                                                management support system.
                  requirement‡ .................................................... 3
                                                                                    14          CIS178B      Web Publishing ..................................................... 1
                                                                                                CIS125HTA HTML - Level 1 ...................................................... 1
   * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum.                                  CIS125HTB HTML - Level 2 ...................................................... 1
     See course description in back of catalog.                                                 CIS125HTC HTML - Level 3 ...................................................... 1
  ** See below                                                                                  CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 ............................................... 1
 *** Students must complete a minimum of 3 keyboarding classes                                  CIS195B      Web Page Design* ................................................ 1
     to be selected from BT121, BT122, BT123, BT124. This selec-                                CIS144       Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3
     tion must include BT122. See advisor to determine appropriate                                   Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc.edu
     sequence.
**** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                          Office Software Specialist
                                                                                                Certificate Program
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                             MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777                       brushr@mhcc.edu
Related Electives
In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult                            Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as techni-
with the program advisor. Students can expand career path opportu-                              cians in a variety of software applications that may include word
nities further by taking additional coursework in business, legal, or                           processing, presentations, database, spreadsheet and electronic com-
computer courses. The following courses are not offered each term                               munications. The ideal candidate may have previous office experience
and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please refer to                              and simply wish to update his/her computer skills.
the quarterly schedule.
                                                                                                These professionals are technically trained on popular software
                                                                                                and hardware. They produce and organize quality publications from
Legal Administrative Assistant Recognition of Comple-                                           handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the
tion, may be given to students who complete the following list of                               cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field.
courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by                            Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoft-ap-
persons in the administrative assistant field or are for those who wish                          proved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the Microsoft
to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Ap-                             Office Specialist exams. Students will become prepared to take Micro-
plications for this non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance                         soft Office Specialist exams indicating that they have an understanding
are available with the program advisor.                                                         of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
Legal Administrative Assistant                                                                  Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing
LA230      Law Office Systems (Spring) .................................. 3                      one or more certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency
LA231      Law Office Simulation (Fall) ................................... 3                    in a given Office application to employers.
LA232      Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) .............................. 4                    The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent.
LA233      Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) ........................ 4                       Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement.
LA242      ALS Certification Review (Spring)........................... 2                        They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared
WE280LA_ Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3                         for tomorrow’s challenges.
    Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc.edu                                                First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr
                                                                                                BT101           Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1
                                                                                                BT110           Business Editing.................................................... 3
Office Administration/Management
                                                                                                BT116           Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3
BA206          Management Fundamentals (Fall, Winter, Spring) ...... 3
                                                                                                BT122           Professional Keyboarding** or
BA224          Human Resource Management (Spring) .................... 3
                                                                                                                   BT121 Keyboarding Principles*** ........................ 3
BA255          Supervisory Management (Fall) ............................... 3
                                                                                                BT210__         Beginning Windows .............................................. 1
BA267          eBusiness Project Management* (Spring) ................. 3
                                                                                                BT210__         Word - Level I ...................................................... 1
BA285          Leadership and Human Relations (Fall, Spring) ......... 3
                                                                                                BT210__         Word - Level II ..................................................... 1
BT103          Business Math ....................................................... 3
                                                                                                CIS120L         Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1
                                                                                                                                                                                   14


                                                                                           55
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                       and on the website. Once you have read the application materials and
BT122         Professional Keyboarding** or Related electives*** .. 3                         attended an information session, you may call 503-491-7341 if you
BT125         Word Processing with WordPerfect ......................... 3                    have questions about the admission process.
BT210__       PowerPoint - Level I .............................................. 1           Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physi-
BT210__       Excel - Level I ...................................................... 1        cally and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and
BT210__       Excel - Level II ..................................................... 1        the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established
BT210__       Word - Level III .................................................... 1         academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruc-
BT218         Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3                        tion apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made
                                                                                              to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless
              Mathematics requirement****‡............................... 3
                                                                                              results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation
                                                                                  16          an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                        required by the program.
BT111         Editing Techniques ................................................ 3           First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
BT126         Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................ 3                 PTA111        Patient Care Skills ................................................. 3
BT210__       PowerPoint - Level II ............................................. 1           PTA112        Introduction to Physical Therapy ............................ 3
BT210__       Access - Level I .................................................... 1         AH12          Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2
BT210__       Access - Level II ................................................... 1         AH140         Clinical Emergency Procedures ................................ 2
PSY101        Psychology of Human Relations or                                                BI121         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4
                 PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3                 WR101         Workplace Communications I or
WR121         English Composition* ............................................. 3                             WR121 English Composition* .............................. 3
                                                                                  15                        Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................. 1
Related Electives                                                                                                                                                              18
In selecting general and related courses, the student must consult with
the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant
certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking addi-                         *Those students electing to take WR121 and WR122 to satisfy the
tional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/                          communication general education and program requirements must
Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional                     also take a speech course to satisfy program requirements (see sixth
coursework in Legal Administrative Assistant, Office Administration/Man-                       quarter). Students electing to take WR101 and WR102 do not have to
agement, and Computer Technology/Web Publishing.                                              take the program speech requirement.

   * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See
     course description in back of catalog.                                                   Second Quarter (Winter)
  ** Students must check with the program advisor.                                            PTA114        Physical Therapy Interventions I............................. 3
 *** Students must complete either: 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2)                                  PTA114L       Physical Therapy Interventions Lab I....................... 2
     BT122 and a related elective.                                                            PTA130        Issues in Physical Therapy ...................................... 3
**** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                              BI122         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                        PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3
                                                                                              WR102         Workplace Communications II or
   ‡ See pages 11-12.                                                                                          WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ... 3
                                                                                                                                                                               18
                                                                                              Third Quarter (Spring)
Physical Therapist                                                                            PTA113        Clinical Kinesiology ............................................... 4

Assistant                                                                                     PTA115
                                                                                              PTA115L
                                                                                                            Physical Therapy Interventions II ........................... 3
                                                                                                            Physical Therapy Interventions Lab II ..................... 2
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                         PTA125        Clinical Affiliation I ............................................... 3
Program                                                                                       HE207         Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                                                                                                          13
Jane Cedar: 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775         cedarj@mhcc.edu                               Summer (optional)
Debbie VanDover: 503-491-7465 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.edu                                              Mathematics requirement** (MTH20 or higher,
                                                                                                              excluding MTH211) ..........................................(3)
The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community
College is two years in length, leading to an associate degree. Course
work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and                            Fourth Quarter (Fall)
supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland                      PTA216        Physical Therapy Interventions III .......................... 3
metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state                             PTA216L       Physical Therapy Interventions Lab III .................... 3
board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified                            PTA220        Pathological Conditions I ....................................... 5
to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a                           PTA226        Clinical Affiliation II .............................................. 5
licensed physical therapist.
                                                                                                                                                                               16
Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfac-                           Fifth Quarter (Winter)
tory completion of criteria. Further information and applications can                         PTA217        Physical Therapy Interventions IV ........................... 3
be accessed from the MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu. Follow the
                                                                                              PTA217L       Physical Therapy Interventions Lab IV ..................... 3
prompts from “Classes and Programs” (http://www.mhcc.edu/academ-
ics/programs/classes_programs_d/allied_health/allied_health/physi-                            PTA221        Pathological Conditions II...................................... 5
caltherapistasst/main.htm). Information sessions are also offered on                          PTA227        Clinical Affiliation III ............................................ 5
a regular basis. Dates and times are listed in the application packet                                                                                                          16




                                                                                         56
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                      Second Quarter (Winter)
PTA228        Clinical Affiliation IV ............................................. 8        ART265        Color Photography I............................................... 3
              Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1                     PHO270        Small Product Photography..................................... 3
              Mathematics (MTH20 or higher, excluding                                       PHO271        Photographic Style ................................................ 3
                 MTH211)**‡ or Speech requirement*** ............. 0-3                      CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                             9-12                         Health and/or Physical Education requirement‡........ 3
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                                                                                                              13
     Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                      Third Quarter (Spring)
 *** Please see page      , Associate of Applied Science, general                           ART263        Field Photography ................................................ 3
     course listings and/or the faculty advisor for selection.                              ART264        Portrait Photography ............................................. 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                         PHO132        Color Photography II ............................................. 3
                                                                                            BA223         Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3

Professional Photography                                                                                  Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                              15
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                       Fourth Quarter (Fall)
Program                                                                                     ART279        Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                        PHO226        Photography Business Practicum I .......................... 4
Dana Spielmann: 503-491-7412 - Room AC1373                spielmad@mhcc.edu                 PHO267        Photoshop I .......................................................... 4
                                                                                            PHO272        Stock Photography ................................................ 3
Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years                            BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4
of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills.
In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and                                                                                                         18
marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator.                      Fifth Quarter (Winter)
Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in                         PHO227        Photography Business Practicum II ......................... 4
general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance                      PHO268        Photoshop II ........................................................ 4
photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in pro-                           J134          Introduction to Photojournalism ............................. 3
fessional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service                                      Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3
bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews.                                                                                                                14
Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery                    Sixth Quarter (Spring)
of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving,                     PHO269        Digital Studio ....................................................... 4
teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges                          PHO273        Page Layout for Photographers ............................... 3
from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses                          PHO281        Photography Portfolio ........................................... 4
to courses in marketing and small business management. Second-year                          WE280PH       Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 4
students have three terms of a photo business practicum that simulates
business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic                                                                                                        15
needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the
professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area.                        * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the
                                                                                                 College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
Photography students benefit from the use of the college’s newest
Macintosh digital imaging lab where they learn the latest image-                              ** WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year.
editing, page layout, and web page production software, as well as                               Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.
digital cameras and scanners. As members of the larger Integrated
Media Group, students will collaborate with radio, graphic design and                          ‡ See pages 7-9.
television majors as they explore the relationship between words,
images, sound, motion, time and space in digital media.
Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at                         Radio Broadcasting
the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space                      Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the                        MHCC Faculty Advisor
application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the                         Jeff Young: 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385                      youngj@mhcc.edu
program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261
(Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Application                           Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nation-
packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRad-                          wide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent,
missions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call                        news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program man-
503-491-7165 if you have questions about the admission process.                             agers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and
Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Pho-                            minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in
tography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer                           production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size.
through spring term.                                                                        X58, a modern rock, student-operated station, serves the campus, the
                                                                                            community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at X58radio.com. All
First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr         students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year
ART117        Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .............................. 3              student managers, housed in state-of-the-industry digital facilities. Stu-
ART262        Photography II ..................................................... 3        dents are trained in digital production (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital
ART266        Color Slide Photography ......................................... 3           music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is
PHO131        Basic Photographic Lighting ................................... 3             an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom,
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3          getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production
                                                                                15          room, and internships at local Portland area stations.




                                                                                       57
Radio Broadcasting is a specific discipline within the Integrated Media
Group (IMG) at Mt. Hood Community College. Radio, television, graphic                            * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
design and photography students collaborate to explore relationships                               Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in the new                                 ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours
world of digital media. Learning audio production skills for radio opens                           may be applied toward degree.
up additional career options in the world of integrated media.
Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria                         Related Electives
and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program                             In selecting related courses the student should consult with an ad-
begins fall quarter. Application packets are available on our web site at                     visor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional
http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application                          areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more
materials, you can call 503-491-7346 if you have questions about the                          appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.
admission process.
                                                                                              Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with an
First Quarter (Fall)                                                              Cr          emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second year.
RB110         Introduction to Radio Broadcasting ........................ 3
                                                                                              Radio Sales:
RB111         Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab .................. 2
RB112         Broadcasting Practices I ........................................ 2                  RBX40       Commercial Broadcast Sales***
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3                  BA238       Sales
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1                    J225        Introduction to Advertising
WR121         English Composition or
                 WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3                       *** This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association of Broad-
              Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3                   casters. Scholarships may be available; contact the Radio
                                                                                  17               program director, Jeff Young.
Second Quarter (Winter)
RB113         Radio Scriptwriting ............................................... 3              ‡ See pages 7-9.
RB114         Radio Scriptwriting Lab ......................................... 2
RB115         Broadcasting Practices II ....................................... 2
SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
              Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3
                                                                                              Respiratory Care
                                                                                              Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree
              Related elective .................................................... 3
                                                                                              Program
                                                                                  16          MHCC Faculty Advisor
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                        George Hicks: 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768             hicksg@mhcc.edu
RB116         Radio Traffic ......................................................... 3
RB117         Radio Traffic Lab ................................................... 2          Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific
RB118         Broadcasting Practices III ..................................... 2              principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of
RB120         Broadcast News Reporting I.................................... 3                abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work
RB121         Broadcast News Reporting I Lab.............................. 2                  in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities,
                                                                                              home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales.
                                                                                  12
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                         The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care
RB222         Broadcasting Practices IV ...................................... 2              theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus
                                                                                              and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which
RB235         Broadcast News Reporting II .................................. 3
                                                                                              includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive care.
RB240         Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation................... 2
ART279        Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3              The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local
              Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3                 and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national
                                                                                              entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level
              Related elective .................................................... 3
                                                                                              examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care.
                                                                                  16          Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                        requirements.
RB223         Broadcast Advertising Practices .............................. 3
                                                                                              The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify.
RB224         Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ........................ 2                  Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need
RB225         Broadcasting Practices V ........................................ 2             for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow.
ANTH180       Language and Culture ............................................ 3
                                                                                              The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care
J205          Public Relations .................................................... 3
                                                                                              Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical
              Related elective .................................................... 3         sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand
                                                                                  16          the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                        required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in
RB226         Broadcast Station Operation ................................... 4               critical life and death situations.
RB228         Broadcasting Practices VI ...................................... 2              Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic
RB230         Broadcast Sales ..................................................... 3         criteria have been met. Applications packets are available on our web
WE280RB       Cooperative Education Internship**or                                            site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.
                Related elective ............................................ 3-4             Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to dem-
              Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3                       onstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of
                                                                             15-16            2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement




                                                                                         58
for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a
mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must
be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more
                                                                                              Sheet Metal Technology
                                                                                              Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal
details about the general education requirements of the Applied
Associate of Science Degree.
                                                                                              Apprenticeship program,
                                                                                              Associate of Applied Science Degree Program
Note: Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology
sequence currently offered within the program, it is strongly recom-
mended that students complete BI121 and BI122 prior to admission                              The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individu-
into the program.                                                                             als serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have
                                                                                              been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated
(Optional Summer Quarter)                                                         Cr          with Mt. Hood Community College.
BI121        Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4
BI122        Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4                          This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeship-training
                                                                                              program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training
                                                                                   8          and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the
First Quarter                                                                                 awarding of the A.A.S. Degree.
RT111        Cardiopulmonary Physiology ................................... 6
RT112        Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab ............................. 1                   For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC
                                                                                              Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room AC 1162
AH12         Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2
                                                                                              in The Center for Continuing Education and Apprenticeship at MHCC.
BI121        Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4                           For additional information regarding the application process into the
WR121        English Composition or                                                           Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training
                WR101 Workplace Communications I ...................... 3                     Center at 503-257-1022.
                                                                             12-16            The degree requirements are as follows:
Second Quarter
RT121        Respiratory Care Procedures ................................... 5
                                                                                              Related Training                                                   60 credits
                                                                                              A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprentice-
RT122        Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2
                                                                                              ship training must be completed.
BI122        Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ..... 4
BI234        Microbiology* ....................................................... 4          Supervised Trade Experience                                        12 credits
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking or                                        Supervised trade experience is a process that combines work experience
                WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3                        with specific trade instruction. It is dependent upon employers and
                                                                                              educators cooperating to form a comprehensive training program for
                                                                            10-18             the students. This unique approach to training is designed to develop
Third Quarter                                                                                 skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating
RT131        Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ...................... 6                   trade specific instruction with planned supervised work experience. A
RT141        Mechanical Ventilation ............................................ 4            maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.
RT142        Mechanical Ventilation Lab ...................................... 2              General Education                                                  18 credits
RT150        Clinical Clerkship .................................................... 1        In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a
             Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3                     minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy
                                                                                  16          the general education requirements.
(Optional Summer Quarter)                                                                     Total Credit Hours Required                                        90 credits
BI234        Microbiology ......................................................... 4
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations or                                                 1st Year                                                                       Cr
               PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3                   SMT110        Introduction to Sheet Metal ................................... 3
                                                                                   7          SMT111        Sheet Metal Transitions .......................................... 3
Fourth Quarter                                                                                SMT112        Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ....................... 3
RT211        Pulmonary Assessment ........................................... 3               SMT113        Sheet Metal Triangulation I .................................... 3
RT220        Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care .................. 4                                   Communications requirement* ............................. 6-7
RT251        Clinical Practice I .................................................. 8
                                                                                  15          2nd Year
Fifth Quarter                                                                                 SMT120        Sheet Metal Triangulation II ................................... 3
RT231        Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3                SMT121        Architectural Sheet Metal I .................................... 3
RT252        Clinical Practice II................................................. 8          SMT122        Architectural Sheet Metal II ................................... 3
PSY101       Psychology of Human Relations or                                                 SMT123        Fundamentals of Calculator Layout .......................... 3
                PSY201 General Psychology*............................... 3                                 Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3
                                                                             11-14                          Science/Mathematics/Computer Science
Sixth Quarter                                                                                                  distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3
RT232        Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II ............................. 3                 3rd Year
RT253        Clinical Practice III ............................................... 8          SMT230        Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3
             Social Science/Humanities requirement‡ ................. 3                       SMT231        Advanced Environmental Systems............................ 3
                                                                                  14          SMT232        Gas Metal Arc Welding............................................ 3
   * See (Optional Summer Courses)                                                            SMT233        Plans and Specifications......................................... 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                                         Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3
                                                                                                            Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3




                                                                                         59
4th Year                                                                                  Documentation of the following immunization information must be
SMT240        Sheet Metal Triangulation III ................................. 3           on file in the Allied Health Division by September 1:
SMT241        Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ....... 3                     • Second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization
SMT242        Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ............... 3                  • Immunity to rubella by one of the following:
SMT243        Food Service Equipment ......................................... 3             • documentaion of immunization, or
                                                                                             • immunity confirmed by positive rubella IgG antibody
5th Year                                                                                  • Documentation of immune status to varicella (chicken pox)
SMT250        Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3                • Tuberculin skin test (PPD) - current through the end of the fol-
SMT251        Industrial Sheet Metal ........................................... 3           lowing spring term.
SMT252        Introduction to Detailing ....................................... 3         Must also show proof of CPR certification for the Professional Health-
SMT253        Advanced Detailing................................................ 3        care Provider, Adult and Pediatric, valid September through June of
                                                                                          the second year.
APP200E       Trade and Industrial Experience ............................ 12
                                                                                          The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related services
                                                                                          in the operating room by performing as a member of the surgical team.
   * Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three                                 This role includes preparing supplies and equipment for surgery and
     credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and                        using correct surgical technique while performing as a sterile team
     BA205.                                                                               member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the needs of the
  ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College                          surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background knowledge in
     Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.                                    human anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology and microbiology is
                                                                                          necessary.
The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeyman’s card
in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunction with                        Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and
transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP200E requirements of the                    responsibilities of the surgical technologist.
MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree program have been met.                             Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic
The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements, which                        criteria have been met. Application packets are available on our web
includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned.                                          site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. In addition, information
                                                                                          meetings are held regularly and are listed in the application packet.
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                       Once you have read the application materials and attended an informa-
                                                                                          tion session, you can call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about
                                                                                          the admission process.
Surgical Technology                                                                       Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically
Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                        and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the
Program                                                                                   demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established aca-
                                                                                          demic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction
MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                          apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to
Jackie Morfitt: 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766     morfittj@mhcc.edu
                                                                                          accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless
Tracy Woodsworth: 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.edu
                                                                                          results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation
The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six                      an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions
quarters in length leading to an Associate of Applied Science degree.                     required by the program.
It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for                         Biology and Chemistry requirement:
a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary team caring                          BI101 with a grade of “C” or better within the last 5 years and
for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice set-                         CH104, CH151, or CH221 with a grade of “C” or better within the
ting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in                          last 5 years.
metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this program, the graduate                    The minimum skill competencies required for admission to this program
is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully                   are equal to the completion of RD115, WR115, and MTH65 (placement
passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals.                      into RD117, WR121, and MTH95).
The Surgical Technology Program at Mt. Hood Community College has                         Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to dem-
been accredited by CAAHEP (formerly CAHEA), since 1978. The Commis-                       onstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of
sion on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP),                       2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement
in collaboration with the American College of Surgeons (ACS) and                          for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a
the Association of Surgical Technologists (AST), which sponsor the                        mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must
Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technol-                          be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more
ogy (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency that acts on the accreditation                    details about the general education requirements of the Applied
recommendation formulated by the ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at                         Associate of Science Degree.
7108-C South Alton Way, Centennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARC-
ST’s phone number is 303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org.                       First Quarter (Fall)
The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series                       ST101        Surgical Technology Theory I .................................. 4
upon acceptance to the program. Documentation of Hapatitis B Vac-                         AH12 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................... 2
cine #1 immunization must be on file in the Allied Health Division in                      BI234        Microbiology* ....................................................... 4
order to register for surgical technology courses; Hepatitis B Vaccine                    WR101        Workplace Communications I or
#2 one month later; and Hapatitis B Vaccine #3 prior to registering                                      WR121 English Composition ..................................
for second quarter.                                                                       3              Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3
                                                                                                                                                                           16




                                                                                     60
Second Quarter (Winter)                                                                     Television Production is a specific discipline within the Integrated
ST102         Surgical Technology Theory II................................. 4              Media Group (IMG) at Mt. Hood Community College. Program students
ST111         Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2           benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh digital imaging
BI121         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4                        lab where they learn video production using FinalCutPro, Avid, and
                                                                                            Final Draft. As members of the larger Integrated Media Group, students
              Human Relations‡ ................................................. 3
                                                                                            will collaborate with radio, graphic design and photography majors as
              Approved communications distribution                                          they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion,
                 requirement‡ .................................................... 3        time and space in digital media.
                                                                                16          MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in Tele-
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                      vision Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program with
ST103         Surgical Technology Theory III ............................... 6              acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and applicants
ST112         Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2           are reviewed by program advisors and faculty members. Because the
BI122         Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II** ... 4                         core courses are sequential, students must start in the fall term. Ap-
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3           plication packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I or                                                    edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials,
                 Related elective*** ........................................... 1          you can call 503-491-7346 if you have questions about the admis-
                                                                                            sion process.
                                                                                16
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                       First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
ST204         Surgical Technology Theory IV ................................ 4              TV100        Critical Viewing ..................................................... 3
ST205         Surgical Technology Theory V ................................. 4              TV110        Introduction to Television ...................................... 3
ST221         Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6                 ART261       Photography I ....................................................... 3
                                                                                14          HE252        First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                      WR121        English Composition or
ST206         Surgical Technology Theory VI ................................ 4                              WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3
ST207         Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................... 4                                                                                               15
ST222         Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6                 Second Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                14          TV111        Television Production ............................................ 3
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                      TV112        Television Production Lab ...................................... 3
ST208         Surgical Technology Theory VIII ............................. 4               TV115        Introduction to Television Scriptwriting .................. 3
ST209         Surgical Technology Theory IX ................................ 4              WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking or
ST223         Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6                                 WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3
                                                                                14                       Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                             15
   * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.                               Third Quarter (Spring)
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                         TV114        Television Applications Lab .................................... 3
                                                                                            TV116        Television News Reporting ...................................... 3

Television Production
                                                                                            TV117        Film and Video Production Management ..................... 3
                                                                                            ANTH180      Language and Culture ............................................ 3

Technology                                                                                  WR241        Imaginative Writing (Fiction) ................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                             15
Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree                                       Fourth Quarter (Fall)
Program                                                                                     TV230        Intermediate Video................................................ 3
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                        TV231        Intermediate Video Lab.......................................... 4
Jack Schommer: 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1372 schommej@mhcc.edu                                ART279       Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3
                                                                                                         Related electives................................................... 6
Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940s and
moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960s,                                                                                                           16
powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news                         Fifth Quarter (Winter)
and information. The space age took television equipment to the moon,                       TV232        Television Directing ............................................... 3
which in turn moved us toward video production on a smaller scale.                          TV233        Television Directing Lab ......................................... 4
Video equipment that only a few years ago would have cost thousands                         TV236        Closed Circuit Systems ........................................... 3
and required an engineer to operate is now as accessible as the medium                      WE280TVB     Cooperative Education Internship or
itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change                                     Related electives ............................................... 4
and with this increasingly accessible technology has come a growing
demand for people trained to develop media messages.                                                                                                                         14
                                                                                            Sixth Quarter (Spring)
The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is perhaps                             TV234        Advanced Telecasting ............................................ 3
the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. Over the                         TV235        Advanced Telecasting Lab ...................................... 4
last 30 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has
                                                                                            WE280TVC     Cooperative Education Internship or
placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video and media related
jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped                                       Related electives ............................................... 8
multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing                                                                                                             15
facilities that train fundamental, as well as digital and nonlinear,                           * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College
concepts. Our instructors are working professionals with experience                              Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.
in every aspect of this field.



                                                                                       61
                                                                                       Second Quarter
Related Electives                                                                      WLD130        Gas Metal and Flux Core
In selecting related courses the student should consult with an ad-                                    Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ..................................... 2
visor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional                    WLD131        Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc
areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more                                   Welding Lab (Wire Feed).................................... 4
appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.
                                                                                       WLD132        Welding Metallurgy ................................................ 3
                                                                                       WLD133        Welding Metallurgy Lab .......................................... 1
     ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                  WLD134        Automated Manufacturing ...................................... 4
                                                                                                     Communications Requirement‡ ............................... 3

Welding Technology                                                                     Third Quarter
                                                                                                                                                                         17

Certificate Day Program                                                                 WLD150        Fabrication Practices ............................................. 2
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                   WLD151        Fabrication Practices Lab ....................................... 3
Wendall Johnson: 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44 johnsonw@mhcc.edu                           WLD152        Welding Processes and Procedures ........................... 2
                                                                                       WLD153        Welding Certification Preparation Lab...................... 4
The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding
                                                                                       PSY101        Psychology of Human Relations or
skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence.
Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills                                 HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in
or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is an AWS accredited                                      the Workplace ................................................... 3
welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organiza-                                                                                                   14
tion in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. The                   ‡Recommended General Education Requirements:
curriculum is designed to meet AWS standards.                                          Communications (3 cr): WR101 or WR121
What are the employment opportunities?
Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory                 A Recognition of Completion, Welding, may be given to students
level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in                  who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide
many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and                structured review of skills used by persons in the welding field or are
maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee                   for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current
to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will                 occupation. Applications for this non-transcripted, institutional award
assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing.                   of attendance are available with the program advisor.
You are required to have the following:                                                Please note that the following courses are typically held in the eve-
                                                                                       ning and may not be offered each term (please refer to the quarterly
1.    Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding.
                                                                                       schedule of classes) and will only be offered based on sufficient
2.    High top boots, “safety toes.”                                                   enrollment.
3.    One pair gauntlet gloves.
4.    Leather welding jacket, burning glasses.
5.    Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners,                           Welding
      igniter, slag hammer and tool box.                                               WLD110        Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2
6.    Welding and blueprint reading textbooks.                                         WLD111A       Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2
7.    Welding helmet.                                                                  WLD130        Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc
8.    Safety glasses and ear plugs.                                                                     Welding (Wire Feed)........................................... 2
                                                                                       WLD131A       Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc
Lab Fees                                                                                                Welding Lab (Wire Feed)..................................... 2
A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All                        WLD150B       Blueprint Reading.................................................. 2
electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished                    WLD153A       Welding Certification Prep Lab ................................ 2
by the college.
                                                                                       Additional Supporting Courses
Welding Technology (Day Program)                                                       WLDX11        TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2
9-Month Certificate                                                                     WLDX13        MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding .............................. 2
First Quarter                                                               Cr         WLD116        General Welding I .................................................. 3
WLD110        Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2          WLDX16        General Welding I .................................................. 2
WLD111        Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 4            WLDX17        General Welding II................................................. 2
WLD114        Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................. 3        WLDX34        CNC Burning .......................................................... 3
WLD118        Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) .............................. 2          MTH20         Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra ........................... 3
WLD119        Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2            VT10WE        Special Projects ................................................. 1-4
MTH33         Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3
                                                                           16             ‡ See pages 11-12.




                                                                                  62
Special Studies
                                                                                      F. Social Sciences
                                                                                         12 credit hours in social science.
                                                                                      G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science
General Studies ...................................................... 66                9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science.
Performing Arts                                                                          (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this require-
    Special Studies: Music ...................................... 66                     ment.)
    Special Studies: Theatre Arts ........................67-68                       H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more
International Education ...........................................69                    than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total
                                                                                         90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course
                                                                                         number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental
Associate of General Studies Degree                                                      Education courses, see page 200.
The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student
                                                                                         A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses, numbered 100 and
an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two
                                                                                         above, may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S,
years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program                        and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education
for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the                         Courses.)
lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general
studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in              3.   Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.
the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division          4.   Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree
collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical                   and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not
education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad                  a “C” in every class).
approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all            5.   Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood
of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-               Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which
year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those               the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level
                                                                                      Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge,
courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to page 200, “Courses
                                                                                      Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not
Numbered 100- 299”, for more information.                                             satisfy this requirement.
The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students                   If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in
who satisfy the following requirements:                                               attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the
1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours.                                  remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited col-
                                                                                      lege or university within one year from the date of last attendance
2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies
                                                                                      at MHCC.
   curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical.
   That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower                    This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which
   level course may not be taken for credit.                                          the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to
                                                                                      obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to
   Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation
                                                                                      enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon comple-
   unless specified in the course description or unless specifically
                                                                                      tion of the course work.
   required in a program curriculum.
                                                                                 6.   Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable ap-
   Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of
                                                                                      plication fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e.,
   approved general education courses (see page 8). The list is
                                                                                      spring term graduates must apply during fall term).
   available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic
   Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.                          Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is
                                                                                      an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general
                                                                                      education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to
  _A. Health and Physical Education                                                   transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their
     A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in                  freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken
     Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE).                  to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully
     Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard              complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and
     Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement.             humanities.
     A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for
     2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one ad-
                                                                                 Please see pages 7-9 for additional information on Associate of General
     ditional credit in either health or physical education.
                                                                                    Studies degree.
     Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an
     Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic
     training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.                             The Performing Arts
  B. Communications                                                              The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are
     Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and                 designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an
     WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and                  optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs
     three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117;             also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more
     or three credits in writing and BA205.                                      specialized areas.
  C. Mathematics                                                                 The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies
     Three quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or                degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and
     higher (except MTH33, MTH34, MTH35).                                        techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre
                                                                                 interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course require-
  D. Human Relations                                                             ments provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate
     Three quarter credit hours; refer to the general education course           in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available
     list below.                                                                 in a transfer program are included.
  E. Humanities (Arts and Letters)                                               Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College
                                                                                 with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one
     12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six
     credit hours in skill oriented classes).                                    of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the




                                                                            63
programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses                           Fifth Quarter
on either the transfer or non-transfer levels with the approval of the                        MUS212        Music Theory V ...................................................... 3
associate dean.                                                                               MUS215        Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1
The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites                          MUP           Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3
or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is                              MUP           Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand                                        General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6
thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies pro-
grams, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who
                                                                                                                                                                          13-14
intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college                         Sixth Quarter
transfer program.                                                                             MUS213        Music Theory VI...................................................... 3
                                                                                              MUS224        Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ......................... 1
                                                                                              MUP           Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3

Special Studies: Music                                                                        MUP
                                                                                              HE250
                                                                                                            Applied Individual Lessons ....................................... 1
                                                                                                            Personal Health* .................................................... 3
The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad                                             General Education requirement‡ ............................... 3
background in the understanding of music and in the development of                                          Related Elective .................................................... 3
skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like                                                                                                    16-17
to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education
to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the
approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.                                      * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250
                                                                                                   Personal Health are required to complete at least one addi-
First Quarter                                                                     Cr               tional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physi-
MUS111        Music Theory I ....................................................... 3             cal Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies
MUS114        Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................................... 1                 degree.
MUS131        Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2
MUS147        Class Percussion Beginning I .................................. 1               General Education Electives
MUP           Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2                In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser
MUP           Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1              to determine selection of courses.
WR101         Workplace Communications I or                                                   Related Electives
                 WR121 English Composition ................................ 3                 In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser
              General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3                  to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a
                                                                             15-16            concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate
Second Quarter                                                                                to the student’s vocational goals.
MUS112        Music Theory II ..................................................... 3         Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.
MUS115        Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1                ‡ See pages 7-9.
MUS132        Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2
MUS148        Class Percussion Intermediate II ............................. 1
MUP
MUP
              Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2
              Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
                                                                                              Special Studies: Theatre
WR102         Workplace Communications II or
                 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3
                                                                                              Arts
                                                                                              (Actor Director)
              General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3                  Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and
                                                                             15-16            directing and one in stage technology and design. The Actor-Director
Third Quarter                                                                                 program is designed to give the student a broad background in the
MUS113        Music Theory III.................................................... 3          understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and
MUS116        Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1             directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related
MUS133        Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test ...... 2                      electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related
MUP           Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2                courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and
                                                                                              Visual Arts program manager.
MUP           Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
PE            Physical Education* ............................................... 1           Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.
PSY101        Psychology of Human Relations or                                                First Quarter                                                                    Cr
                 PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3                 TA106         Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3
SP111         Fundamentals of Speech......................................... 3               TA141         Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3
                                                                             15-16            TA153D        Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year .... 2
Fourth Quarter                                                                                WR101         Workplace Communications I or
MUS211        Music Theory IV .................................................... 3                           WR121 English Composition ................................ 3
MUS214        Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1                           Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3
MUP           Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3                              General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3
MUP           Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1                                                                                               17
              General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6
              Mathematics requirement‡ ..................................... 3
                                                                             16-17




                                                                                         64
Second Quarter
TA107         Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3             Special Studies: Theatre Arts
TA142         Acting Fundamentals II ......................................... 3             Technician-Designer
TA153A/B/C    Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................ 1-3              The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the
WR102         Workplace Communications II or                                                 planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design,
                 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3                       sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course
              General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6                 work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total
                                                                                             90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval
                                                                            16-18            of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.
Third Quarter
TA101         Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3           Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.
TA143         Acting Fundamentals III ........................................ 3             First Quarter                                                                    Cr
TA153A        Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................... 1             TA106           Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3
              Mathematics requirement‡ ..................................... 3               TA111           Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3
              General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6                 TA114A/B/C      Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3
                                                                                 16          HE252           First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* .................... 3
Fourth Quarter                                                                               WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
TA111         Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3                           General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
TA253D        Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop,                                                                                                                    16-18
                 Second Year ...................................................... 2        Second Quarter
TA227         Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3          TA35        Theories of Directing ............................................. 3
TA241         Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ................... 3                   TA107       Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3
HE250         Personal Health* ................................................... 3         TA112       Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3
              General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3                 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3
              Physical Education* ............................................... 1          WR122       English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                 18                      PE Requirement* ................................................... 1
Fifth Quarter                                                                                                                                                           14-16
TA35          Theories of Directing ............................................. 3          Third Quarter
TA112         Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3           TA101      Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3
TA148         Movement for the Actor ......................................... 3             TA113      Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3
TA199A        Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1            TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3
TA253A/B/C    Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3                            Human Relations Requirement‡ .............................. 3
SP262         Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3                      General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3
                                                                            14-16                       Related Electives................................................... 3
Sixth Quarter                                                                                                                                                           16-18
TA113         Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3            Fourth Quarter
TA144         Improvisation ....................................................... 3        TA141      Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3
TA199A        Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1            TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3
TA213         Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3           TA227      Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3
TA253A/B/C    Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3                            Mathematics requirement ....................................... 3
              General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3                            General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3
                                                                            14-16                       Related Electives................................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                        16-18
   * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250                                 Fifth Quarter
     Personal Health are required to complete at least one addi-                             TA121      Costuming ............................................................ 3
     tional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physi-
                                                                                             TA211      Scene Design ....................................................... 3
     cal Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies
     degree.                                                                                 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3
                                                                                                        General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6
General Education Electives                                                                             Related Elective .................................................... 3
In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser                                                                                                 16-18
to determine selection of courses.                                                           Sixth Quarter
Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.                          TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre .................................. 1-3
                                                                                             TA213      Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                                          TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3
                                                                                                        General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6
                                                                                                        Related Elective .................................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                        14-18

                                                                                                 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Per-
                                                                                                   sonal Health are required to complete at least one additional
                                                                                                   credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Educa-
                                                                                                   tion requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..



                                                                                        65
Suggested Related Electives
ART115      Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional                                  SPAN101, 102, 103     First-Year Spanish I, II, III
ART116      Basic Design 2: Color Theory                                     SPAN111, 112, 113     Beginning Spanish Conversation I, II, III
ART117      Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional                                SPAN150, 151          Beginning Spanish I, II (Intensive)
ART281      Painting I                                                       SPAN201, 202, 203     Second-Year Spanish I, II, III
ART291      Sculpture: Beginning                                             SPAN211, 212, 213     Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III
EET111      Introduction to Electronics Technology
ENG105      Introduction to Literature: Drama                                ART201, 202, 203      Introduction to the History of Art
ENG201      Shakespeare: The Early Period
                                                                             ENG107, 108, 109      World Literature:
ENG202      Shakespeare: The Middle Period
                                                                             ENG250                Introduction to Mythology
ESR285      Safety and Health Standards and Laws
                                                                             HUM110                Contemporary Culture:
ET120       Architectural Drawing                                                                             Introduction to Human Values
ET154       Computer-Aided Design I                                          HUM111                Contemporary Culture: Changing Values
ET231       Basic Strengths of Materials                                     HUM112                Contemporary Culture: Future Trends
FA257       Films and Society
FA258       Understanding the Film                                           R210                  World Religions
FA266       The Great Film Directors
TV100       Critical Viewing                                                 Social Sciences
TV115       Introduction to TV Scriptwriting                                 ANTH101               Introduction to Biological Anthropology
WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding                                 ANTH102               Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory
                                                                             ANTH103               Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.          ANTH180               Language and Culture
                                                                             ANTH231               Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW
   ‡ See pages 7-9.                                                          ANTH232               North American Indians
                                                                             GEOG105               Introduction to Physical Geography

MHCC Courses on                                                              GEOG106
                                                                             GEOG107
                                                                                                   Introduction to World Regional Geography
                                                                                                   Introduction to Cultural Geography

International Education                                                      GEOG214
                                                                             HST110, 111, 112
                                                                                                   Geography of Mexico & Central America
                                                                                                   World Civilizations
                                                                             HST195                History of Vietnam War*
Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student           HST211                Introduction to Peace Studies*
understanding of the world as a global community consisting of in-           HST212                Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory*
terdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian,           HST213                Peace Studies: World Order Theory*
European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to exam-          HST264                African American History*
ine carefully a specific area of the world. These courses are valuable        HST270, 271, 272      History of Mexico, Central America, South
for students who are interested in international issues, in learning                                     America*
about life in countries other than the United States, in working for         HST292                China: Past and Present*
corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other         HST293                Japan: Past and Present*
international careers or experiences.
The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the         INTL101               Introduction to International Studies I
United States, but also of other countries and cultures.                     IS210                 Comparative Culture I*
Business
HT140                 Travel and Tourism Geography                           PS204                 Introduction to Comparative Politics
HT241                 International Hospitality and Tourism                  PS205                 International Relations*
WE280                 Cooperative Education Internship                       PS215                 Global Issues
                                                                             PS220                 American Foreign Policy and World Order
Communication Arts                                                           PS225                 Political Ideology
SP115                 Introduction to Intercultural Communication            PS241                 Political Terrorism

                                                                             SOC213                Race Relations in the United States
Language, Literature and Humanities
FR101, 102, 103       First-Year French I, II, III                           SOC214                Social Problems: Introduction to
FR111, 112, 113       Beginning French Conversation I, II, III                                      U.S. Culture and Society
FR201, 202, 203       Second-Year French I, II, III
                                                                                * Offered at irregular intervals
GER101, 102, 103      First-Year German I, II, III
GER111, 112, 113      Beginning German Conversation I, II, III               Study Abroad
GER201, 202, 203      Second-Year German I, II, III*                         The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two
                                                                             Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico—an eight-
ITAL101               First-Year Italian I (study abroad only)               week program during spring term and a two-week program during summer
                                                                             session. We also offer a three-week Japanese conversation program in
JPN101, 102, 103      First-Year Japanese I, II, III                         Kyoto, Japan during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study
                                                                             abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in
JPN201, 202, 203      Second-Year Japanese I, II, III
                                                                             Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel call 491-
                                                                             7497 or 491-7290; Kyoto, London or Florence, call 503-491-7488 or
RUS101, 102, 103      First-Year Russian I, II, III                          503-491-7290.
RUS111, 112, 113      Beginning Russian Conversation I, II, III


                                                                        66
                                                                                       Transfer Information
   Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for stu-                      Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics .......503-491-7292
   dents who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can                            · Computer Science
   complete all or most of the general education requirements for both                        · Engineering
   public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s                          · Engineering Technologies
   transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the require-                        · Mathematics
   ments of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year                    Performing Arts ..................................................... 503-491-6969
   program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’                         · Music
   focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for                          · Theater
   improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.
                                                                                           Science          ..................................................... 503-491-7364
Planning for Transfer                                                                         · Agriculture
   Different colleges and universities have different general education                       · Agri-Business
   and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for                      · Biochemistry & Biophysics
   transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the                        · Biology
   various transfer schools. The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer                          · Chemistry
   Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees                        · Chiropractic College (pre-professional)
   that they offer.                                                                           · Dental Hygiene
   Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational                            · Dentistry (pre-professional)
   preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an                              · Entomology
   early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include                       · Environmental Sciences
   essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need                          · Fisheries and Wildlife Science
   to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC.                        · Forest Resources (pre-professional)
   Professional academic advisors, faculty advisors, and counselors are                       · General Science
   available to help students develop educational plans that will meet                        · Geology
   the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.                              · Medical Technology (pre-professional)
Transfer Departments and Advisors                                                             · Medicine (pre-professional)
                                                                                              · Microbiology
   Students can prepare for more than 60 transfer majors at MHCC!                             · Nursing (pre-professional)
   Those majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers. The
                                                                                              · Occupational Therapy (pre-professional)
   subject areas for transfer study are listed below.
                                                                                              · Optometry (pre-professional)
   Advisors in major areas are assigned to assist students with ap-                           · Pharmacy (pre-professional)
   propriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and                         · Physical Therapy (pre-professional)
   keeping updated on changing requirements and standards. Faculty                            · Physics
   advisors in the various major areas provide expertise to students                          · Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional)
   majoring in their fields. Lists of advisors for all majors are updated                      · Zoology
   annually. Students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer
   Center or the college departments listed below for the names of                         Social Science ......................................................503-491-7480
   advisors in their chosen majors.                                                           · Anthropology
                                                                                              · Criminal Justice Administration
The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ................503-491-7315                        · Economics
  · Undecided and/or exploring majors                                                         · Education
Business         ......................................................503-491-7196           · General Social Science
  · Business Administration                                                                   · Geography
  · Business Education                                                                        · History
  · Health Care Administration                                                                · Peace Studies
  · Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism                                                            · Philosophy
               Management                                                                     · Political Science
Communication Arts ................................................. 503-491-7410             · Psychology
  · Journalism                                                                                · Religious Studies
  · Speech                                                                                    · Sociology
Health and Physical Education ..................................503-491-7452               Visual Arts      ..................................................... 503-491-7309
  · Health and Health Education                                                               · Fine Arts
  · Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism                                                 · Art Education
  · Physical Education                                                                        · Art History
Industrial Technology...............................................503-491-7470
  · Industrial Management
  · Manufacturing Technology
                                                                                           Academic Advising and Transfer Center
Language & Literature ..............................................503-491-7290              Many resources can be used to research potential transfer colleges,
  · English                                                                                   and to learn about their major programs and requirements. MHCC’s
                                                                                              Transfer Center offers a wealth of such resources for student use.
  · Foreign Languages
                                                                                              The center’s resources include a library of college catalogs, compre-
  · International Studies
                                                                                              hensive college directories, and transfer advising guides for Oregon
                                                                                              colleges and universities. View books and videos produced by various
                                                                                              colleges are also available for students to review.




                                                                                      67
  Students may use the center’s computers to access Web pages for                    as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed.
  hundreds of colleges and universities. They can pick up current ap-                Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be
  plications for many of Oregon’s public and private schools. Regular                done with the help of an advisor or counselor.
  visits by transfer college representatives also enable MHCC students
  to make personal inquiries related to their transfer plans.                      Direct Transfer
                                                                                     Transfer without a degree from MHCC is also a viable option for
Transfer Days                                                                        MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer
  Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges                   after one year in order to take advantage of critical major courses
  and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently                  offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major
  scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to in-                 and transfer school, then take only the specific courses required for
  vestigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college              that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer,
  reps offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer                MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course
  subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days,                basis by the transfer school.
  students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in
                                                                                     Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ Freshman
  AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.
                                                                                     or transfer admission requirements. Catalogs from transfer institu-
Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree                                             tions contain information about credit-hour and grade point average
  This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an                     requirements and transfer application procedures.
  associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree                    It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements
  program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Or-                  of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes
  egon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern                   in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically con-
  Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of                tact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer
  Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block                schools for updates.
  transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the
  transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met.             Successful Transfer
  The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that                    Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful plan-
  interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools                ning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer
  (see the AA-OT degree requirements on pages          ).                            success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent
                                                                                     use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth
  A limited number of private and out-of-state institutions also accept              transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from fol-
  the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University,                  lowing these tips for successful transfer:
  Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst Uni-
  versity in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU              · Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an
  - Hawaii, Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle                   advisor during your first term at MHCC to develop an education
  Pacific University, and Washington State University - Vancouver.                       plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in
  Some of these schools have unique general education requirements                      HD110 or HD208.
  that must also be met. Advisors and counselors can assist students                 · Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions rep-
  planning for those courses.                                                          resentatives and major advisors at MHCC and transfer colleges.
Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer - Business                                      Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major
                                                                                       and transfer requirements.
  The AS/OT - Business is designed for business majors planning to
  transfer to a baccalaureate degree program at four-year institu-                   · Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit poli-
  tions in the Oregon University System (OUS). It does not guarantee                   cies, application deadlines and both general education and major
  admission to the Business school/program of any OUS institution.                     course requirements of transfer schools.
  Any student who holds the AS/OT - Business degree transferring to
  any institution in the Oregon University System, will have met the                 · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses
                                                                                       transfer to all four-year schools. Transfer colleges have the “last
  lower-division general education requirements for that institution’s
                                                                                       say” on transferability.
  baccalaureate degree programs. Students will also have junior stand-
  ing for admission and registration purposes.                                       · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center,
                                                                                       quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisors, academic
Associate of Science                                                                   advisors, and counselors are key sources of information and
  The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan to                 guidance.
  transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year
  institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility                · Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete informa-
  in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline require-              tion; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process
  ments. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all                   successfully.
  lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a
  baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is            Transfer Hotline
  the AA/OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly              If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or uni-
  encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this                versity, the student should first try to resolve the problem through
  catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend             contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisors and counselors may
  to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice.                           be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort such
                                                                                     a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer
The Associate of General Studies degree                                              Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help.
  The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for            The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.
  direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages        ). This
  flexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s
  degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the
  transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option,




                                                                              68
                                        Quick Transfer Reference Guide
                                                                                           DEGREE OR                      TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
PAGE                       TRANSFER SUBJECTS                                PHONE       DIRECT TRANSFER


                                                                                        Curricula as listed will
           In addition to preparing for transfer to a four-year                          lead to the following         MHCC has current formal transfer
          university, the student might also complete a two-year                       degree. (The subject area    agreements with the following schools
         MHCC Associate of Science or an Associate of Arts Oregon                       will not appear on the
                           Transfer. See page ____                                         student’s degree.)


       Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology                        503-491-6081             AS                                   *
       Business – Accounting                                            503-491-7196             AS                                   *
       Business (AS/OT-Business)                                        503-491-7196        AS/OT - Bus                               *
       Chemistry/Biochemistry                                           503-491-6081             AS                                   *
       Computer Science                                                 503-491-7017             AS                                   *
       Criminal Justice Administration                                  503-491-7480             AS                     Western Oregon University
       Economics                                                        503-491-7480             AS                                   *
       Education                                                        503-491-7480             AS                                   *
       Engineering                                                      503-491-7017             AS                                   *
       English                                                          503-491-7018           AAOT                                   *
       Environmental Science                                            503-491-6081          (Direct)
                                                                                                                   Portland State University, Concordia
                                                                                                                    University, Marylhurst University
       Fine Arts                                                        503-491-7309          (Direct)                                *
       Fish and Wildlife Science                                        503-491-6081             AS                                   *
       Forest Resources Management                                      503-491-6081          (Direct)                   Oregon State University
       Geography                                                        503-491-7480            AAOT                                  *
       Geology                                                          503-491-6081             AS                                   *
       History                                                          503-491-7480          (Direct)                                *
       Hospitality and Tourism Management                               503-491-7196          (Direct)               Portland State University, Hawaii
                                                                                                                             Pacific University
       Journalism                                                       503-491-7410            AAOT                  University of Oregon (pending)
       Modern Languages                                                 503-491-7018            AAOT                                  *
       Music                                                            503-491-6969          (Direct)                                *
       Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism                        503-491-7450             AS                Oregon State University - Cascades
       Physical Education/Exercise and Sport Science                    503-491-7450            AAOT                                  *
       Physics                                                          503-491-6081             AS                                   *
       Political Science                                                503-491-7480          (Direct)                                *
       Pre-Law                                                          503-491-7480            AAOT                                  *
       Pre-Professional                                                 503-491-6081             AS
          (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)                                                                        *

       Psychology                                                       503-491-7480            AAOT                                  *
       Sociology                                                        503-491-7480   AAOT                                  *

AS: Associate of Science degree
AAOT: Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer degree
AS/OT – Business: Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer - Business
(Direct): Direct Transfer

* The curriculum guides listed in this section transfer to many four-year schools.



                                                                             69
Biology, Botany, General                                                                                  This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry
                                                                                                      2

                                                                                                          requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable

Science, Zoology                                                                                          score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C or bet-
                                                                                                          ter in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of
Associate of Science                                                                                      300-level coursework to all OUS schools.
MHCC Faculty Advisor
Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595                     mitchell@mhcc.edu                   Related MHCC Program Web Links:
                                                                                                  http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
Biology is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to examin-
ing life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science
are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed                                 Transfer Schools’ Web Links
citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators                             Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/biod-
and health professionals.                                                                         ept.htm
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                                Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html
ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a                                  Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/
student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in the Biological Sciences
at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State                             Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml
University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. How-                             University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/
ever, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also
transfer to other institutions that require different courses within
the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested                               Disclaimer
in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should
                                                                                                  This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor
                                                                                                  intending to major in Biological Sciences. Specific requirements for
and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.
                                                                                                  transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s respon-
First Quarter                            Cr                                                       sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific
                                                                                                  admission requirements.
CH221           General Chemistry I ............................................... 5
MTH251          Calculus I ............................................................. 4
PH201
WR121
                General Physics I .................................................. 5
                English Composition .............................................. 3              Business - Accounting
                                                                                      17          Associate of Science
Second Quarter                                                                                    MHCC Faculty Advisors
CH222           General Chemistry II .............................................. 5             Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682                   koherlj@mhcc.edu
MTH252          Calculus II ............................................................ 4        Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686                     arnoldj@mhcc.edu
PH202           General Physics II ................................................. 5            Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business.
WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices in
                                                                                      17          business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Officers, Control-
Third Quarter                                                                                     lers, and Finance VPÕs. To enhance their career options, many students
CH223           General Chemistry III ............................................ 5              combine accounting with other majors or minors such as Finance or
PH203           General Physics III ................................................ 5            Information Technology.
WR123           English Composition: Research ................................ 3                  The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the
                Social Sciences requirement1 ................................. 3                  requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and
                                                                                      16          prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science from Eastern
Fourth Quarter                                                                                    Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State Univer-
                                                                                                  sity, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However,
BI211           Biology I .............................................................. 5
                                                                                                  students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer
CH241           Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5              to other institutions that require different courses within the various
SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3                    subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring
                Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3                 to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with
                                                                                      16          the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the
Fifth Quarter                                                                                     MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.
BI212           Biology II ............................................................. 5        First Quarter (Fall)                                                             Cr
CH242           Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5              BA101           Introduction to Business........................................ 4
                Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3                 BA211           Principles of Accounting I ..................................... 4
                Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3                 SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
                                                                                      16          WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
Sixth Quarter                                                                                                                                                                     14
BI213           Biology III ........................................................... 5         Second Quarter (Winter)
CH243           Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5               BI212           Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3
                Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3                         CIS120          Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
                Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1                    CIS120L         Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                                     14           MTH111          Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
                                                                                                  PHL202          Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3
    1
        Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.                                        WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                                  17

                                                                                             70
Third Quarter (Spring)
BA213         Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4                Business (AS/OT - Bus)
WR123         English Composition: Research or                                                  Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer - Business
                 WR 227 Technical Report Writing ......................... 3                    MHCC Faculty Advisors          (Students with last name beginning A-L)
              Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 3                         Lola Lackey: 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688             lackeyl@mhcc.edu
              Electives1 ............................................................ 3                                        (Students with last name beginning M-Z)
                                                                                                Susan Smith McClaren: 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu
                                                                                   13
Fourth Quarter (Fall)                                                                           If your goal is to earn a 4-year degree in Business Administration,
CIS122        Computer Concepts III ........................................... 4               start that degree at MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College business
EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3                  courses offer tremendous opportunities to the transfer student.
PS200         Introduction to Political Science3 .......................... 3                   Students can complete the first two years of course work at MHCC and
              Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3                 seamlessly transfer their college credits to many four-year colleges
              Science requirement2,4 .......................................... 4               and universities.
                                                                                    17          The two-year course of study outlined below is designed to meet
Fifth Quarter (Winter)                                                                          transfer requirements for business majors and results in the awarding
EC202         Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3                   of an Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus)
                                                                                                degree from Mt. Hood. Please be advised the program has entry-level
MTH243        Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4
                                                                                                expectations for skill levels in reading, writing, and mathematics and
              Science requirement2,4 ........................................... 4              therefore, completion time may vary. The curriculum is specifically
              Electives1 ............................................................ 6         tailored to follow transfer requirements for Oregon University System
                                                                                    17          4-year schools. Note: students interested in transferring to a four-year
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                          college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution
BA205         Business Communications ...................................... 4                  they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic
                                                                                                Advising and Transfer Center.
EC203         Principles of Economics III .................................... 4
MTH244        Statistics II .......................................................... 4        Note: For students transferring to EOU, see Business/eBusiness Market-
              Science requirement2,3 ....................................... 3-4                ing and Management, Associate of Applied Science Degree.
                                                                              15-16             First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr
                                                                                                BA101         Introduction to Business........................................ 4
    1
      Electives will be determined with the assistance of a faculty                             BA211         Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
      adviser and will depend on the institution to which you                                   MTH111        Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions1 .................... 4
      intend to transfer.                                                                       WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
    2
      Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.                                                                                                                           15
    3
      PS201, American Government meets General Education re-                                    Second Quarter (Winter)
      quirements for Social Science and is a required course at PSU.                            BA212         Principles of Accounting II1 ................................... 3
    4
      PSU requires 8 credits of science with lab or fieldwork; EOU                               MTH243        Probability and Statistics I .................................... 4
      does not require science with lab.                                                        WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                                              Oral communications requirement1 ......................... 3
Related MHCC Program Web Links                                                                                Computer applications requirement1,4 ..................... 3
http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/bh/                                                                                                                      16
bhtc/accounting/main.htm                                                                        Third Quarter (Spring)
                                                                                                BA213         Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4
                                                                                                MTH244        Statistics II1 ........................................................ 4
Transfer Schools’ Web Links
                                                                                                WR227         Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3
Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/ma-                                              Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3
jors/BusinessAdmin.cfm
                                                                                                                                                                                   14
Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/                             Fourth Quarter (Fall)
Business/offcampus.html                                                                         EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/under-                                               Social science requirement2 ................................... 3
grad/asns-management.html                                                                                     Mathematics requirement1 ..................................... 4
Oregon State University - http://www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Stu-                                            Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4
dents/index.htm                                                                                                                                                                    14
Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu                                              Fifth Quarter (Winter)
                                                                                                EC202         Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/
                                                                                                              Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 6
                                                                                                              Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4
Disclaimer                                                                                                    Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                                                                                                                 16
intending to major in Business Administration - Accounting. Specific
requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the
student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to
confirm specific admission requirements.




                                                                                           71
Sixth Quarter (Spring)                                                                         Second Quarter
BA226        Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3                  CH222         General Chemistry II ............................................. 5
EC203        Principles of Economics III .................................... 3                MTH252        Calculus II ............................................................ 4
             Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3                  WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
             Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4                               Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
             Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3                                                                                                         15
                                                                                   16          Third Quarter
    1
      AS/OT-Bus General Requirements: see pages                                                CH223         General Chemistry III ............................................ 5
    2
      AS/OT-Bus Distribution Requirements: see page .                                          MTH253        Calculus III .......................................................... 4
    3
      AS/OT-Bus Electives and/or University-Specific Requirements:                              WR123         English Composition: Research or
      see pages .                                                                                               WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3
    4
      BT210__ Word processing, spreadsheet, database, and presen-                                            Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3
      tation; or CIS__ word processing, spreadsheet, and database                                                                                                                 15
      satisfy computer applications requirement.                                               Fourth Quarter
                                                                                               CH241         Organic Chemistry I ............................................. 5
                                                                                                                                       2

Related MHCC Program Web Link:
                                                                                               MTH254        Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4
http://www.mhcc.edu/business/business_marketing/main.htm
                                                                                               PH211         General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5
                                                                                                                                                                                  14
Web Link to AS/OT-Bus Degree:                                                                  Fifth Quarter
http://www.ous.edu/aca/ASOT-Bus                                                                CH242         Organic Chemistry II2 ........................................... 5
Disclaimer                                                                                     PH212         General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                             SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3
intending to major in business administration. Some colleges have                                            Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3
specific requirements for admission to their Business Administration                                                                                                                16
programs that may include, transfer GPA, specific course comple-                                Sixth Quarter
tion, and application deadlines. It is the student’s responsibility to
                                                                                               CH243         Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
requirements.                                                                                  CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
                                                                                               CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                                               PH213         General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5

Chemistry/Biochemistry                                                                                       Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3
                                                                                                                                                                                   17
Associate of Science                                                                               1
                                                                                                     Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                              2
                                                                                                     This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry
Dr. Elizabeth Cohen: 503-491-6012 - Room AC 2594 cohene@mhcc.                                        requirement at colleges and universities. With an accept-
edu                                                                                                  able score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C
Dr. Michael Russell: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2596 russellm@mhcc.                                      or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15
edu                                                                                                  credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. Check with
                                                                                                     your transfer institution to determine any additional Organic
The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis, struc-
                                                                                                     Chemistry requirmenets.
ture, and properties of matter and the various transformations matter
may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of many diverse
systems that are of great interest to mankind, including biological                            Related MHCC Program Web Links
functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial processes,                         http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
food and agriculture, etc.
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                             Transfer Schools’ Web Links
ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a
student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Chemistry/Biochem-                          Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/
istry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland                          Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http://or-
State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon                             egonstate.edu/dept/biochem/
or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking
                                                                                               Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/
a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that
require different courses within the various subject areas of General                          Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml
Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college                          University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/
or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will
be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising                           Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem.
and Transfer Center.                                                                           html

First Quarter                                                                      Cr          Disclaimer
CH221        General Chemistry I ............................................... 5             This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
MTH251       Calculus I ............................................................. 4        intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Specific requirements
WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3              for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s respon-
             Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3                  sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific
                                                                                               admission requirements.
                                                                                  15



                                                                                          72
Computer Science                                                                                      Refer to Associate of Science requirements. Some universities
                                                                                                    1

                                                                                                      may have specific preferences.
Associate of Science                                                                                2
                                                                                                      Requirements may vary among universities, but typically the
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                                 science requirement is a set of two courses from among BI211,
David Todd, Ph.D.: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668 toddd@mhcc.edu                                         212, 213; CH221, 222, 223; and G201, 202, 203.
                                                                                                    3
                                                                                                      Some universities may have specific recommendations for
The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Com-                                     elective course choices.
munity College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes
to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-year institu-                         It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC faculty advisor
tion. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for                            before the beginning of your first term.
careers in the computing industry or for graduate school.
                                                                                                Related MHCC Program Web Links
The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to                             http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon
State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland
State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Com-                             Transfer Schools’ Web Links
puter Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools.                              Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/
The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for                             Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/dgrs/
skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high
school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English.                           Oregon State University - http://cs.oregonstate.edu/info/under-
High school programming or computer applications courses should not                             grad/advising.html
be taken in place of other college preparatory courses.                                         Portland State University - http://www.cecs.pdx.edu/
First quarter                                                                       Cr          Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/CS/
CIS140        Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 3                     University of Oregon - http://cs.uoregon.edu/
CS160         Computer Science Orientation................................. 4
MTH251        Calculus I ............................................................. 4        Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/cs/
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
              Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3                         Disclaimer
                                                                                    17          This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
Second Quarter                                                                                  intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements for
CS161         Computer Science I ................................................ 4             transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsi-
MTH252        Calculus II ............................................................ 4        bility to contact their four-year school to confirm specific admission
SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3                    requirements.
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                   14
Third Quarter                                                                                   Criminal Justice
CIS144
CS162
              Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3
              Computer Science II .............................................. 4              Administration
MTH253        Calculus III .......................................................... 4         Associate of Science
WR227         Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3               MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                   14           Chris Gorsek: 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674                                       gorsekc@mhcc.edu
Fourth Quarter                                                                                  This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying
CS133JA       JAVA - Design and Programming.............................. 4                     criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Science Degree,
PH211         General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5                 and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward
              Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5               a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with knowledge about
              Elective3 .............................................................. 3        the nature and causes of crime and delinquency, law and the legal
                                                                                                system in American society, and the decision processes of criminal
                                                                                    17
                                                                                                justice agencies. A criminal justice major is broadly educated and
Fifth Quarter                                                                                   also provided with courses that directly apply to careers in law and
CS260         Data Structures ..................................................... 4           the justice system.
PH212         General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5
              Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3                 Students may transfer to institutions within the Oregon University
                                                                                                System. These institutions may require different courses within the
              Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5
                                                                                                various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested
              Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3                  in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should
                                                                                    16          consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor,
Sixth Quarter                                                                                   and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.
PH213         General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5
                                                                                                First Quarter                                                                                                   Cr
              Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
                                                                                                CJA111        Introd. to Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement ........... 3
              Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
                                                                                                MTH111        Pre-Calculus I ....................................................... 4
              Elective3 .............................................................. 6
                                                                                                WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                    17                        Humanities requirement1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                              Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                               16



                                                                                           73
Second Quarter                                                                              Disclaimer
CJA112          Introd. to Criminal Justice: The Court System........... 3                  This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3              intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Specific require-
CJA280A         Cooperative Work Experience - Criminal Justice ........ 3                   ments for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s
                Advisor approved elective ...................................... 6          responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm
                                                                                            specific admission requirements.
                                                                                15
Third Quarter
CJA113
GEOG107
                Intro. to Criminal Justice: The Corrections System .... 3
                Introduction to Cultural Geography ......................... 3              Economics
SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3              Associate of Science
                Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3                   MHCC Faculty Advisor
                Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3          Ted Scheinman: 503-491-7104 - Room 2662                    scheinmt@mhcc.edu
                                                                                15          Economics at MHCC focuses on improving economic literacy - the ability
Fourth Quarter                                                                              to apply economic principles to personal, business, and government
CJA211          Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals ............ 3                   issues. Transfer students who follow the Principles of Economics se-
CJA230          Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ....... 3                   quence at MHCC report superb preparation for upper division courses
CIS120/L        Computer Concepts I (with lab) .............................. 4             in economics. Students also report back that economics was one of
PSY201          General Psychology................................................ 3        the most significant classes they took as an undergraduate - it taught
                Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3          them how to think critically.
                                                                                16          Economic majors find jobs in private industry and government. They
Fifth Quarter                                                                               continue in graduate school in law, political science, economics,
CJA212          Introduction to Criminal Law:                                               business administration, and engineering.
                   Criminal Justice Procedure ................................. 3           So, if you want to have a broad background that can be applied to
CJA214          Introduction to Criminal Investigation .................... 3               numerous other areas, economics is the major for you.
PHL202          Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3        Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university
PSY239          Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3                 after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending,
                Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3          the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer
                                                                                15          Center.
Sixth Quarter                                                                               The two-year curriculum listed below is designed to meet requirements
CJA123          Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice .................. 3                of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and to prepare students
CJA213          Introduction to Evidence ....................................... 3          to complete a Bachelor degree in Economics from an accredited col-
CJA219          Introduction to Community Policing........................ 3                lege or university including: Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State
WR227           Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3         University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University,
                Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3                      University of Oregon and Western Oregon University. This curriculum
                                                                                            may be started in any quarter. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking
                                                                                15          a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language
                                                                                            other than English (201-203 or equivalent).
     1
         Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.
                                                                                            First Quarter                                                                       Cr
Advisor Approved Electives:                                                                 MTH111        Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
ANTH103         Introduction to Cultural Anthropology                                       WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
GEOG106         Introduction to World Regional Geography                                                  Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3
PS201           American Government                                                                       General Electives1 ................................................. 6
PSY202          General Psychology                                                                                                                                              16
PSY203          General Psychology                                                          Second Quarter
PSY216          Social Psychology                                                           CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
SOC204          General Sociology                                                           CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
SOC205          General Sociology                                                           MTH241        Elementary Calculus............................................... 4
SOC206          General Sociology                                                           WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
SOC213          Race Relations in the United States                                                       General Electives1 ................................................ 3
SOC225          Social Issues                                                                                                                                                  14
SP115           Introduction to Intercultural Communication                                 Third Quarter
WR228           Police Report Writing                                                       MTH243        Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4
                                                                                            WR123         English Composition: Research or
Related MHCC Program Web Link                                                                                WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3
http://:www.mhcc.edu/programs                                                                             General Electives1 ................................................. 9
                                                                                                                                                                                16
                                                                                            Fourth Quarter
Transfer Schools’ Web Links
                                                                                            EC201         Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/                                      MTH244        Statistics II .......................................................... 4
Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/crimi-                                          Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
naljusticedept.htm                                                                                        General Electives1 ................................................ 4
                                                                                                                                                                               14

                                                                                       74
Fifth Quarter                                                                                 First Quarter                                                                  Cr
EC202           Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3               CIS120       Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
                Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3                     CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3             ED200        Introduction to Education ...................................... 3
                General Electives1 ................................................. 6        WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                  15                       Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3
Sixth Quarter                                                                                              Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4
EC203           Principles of Economics III .................................... 3                                                                                          17
                General Electives ............................................... 12
                                     1                                                        Second Quarter
                                                                                  15          ED209B       Education Theory and Practicum ............................. 2
    1
        Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements for options.                        WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
        General electives should be selected with the assistance of an                                     Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
        academic advisor.                                                                                  Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4
                                                                                                           Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
MHCC Transfer Center                                                                                                                                                        15
http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online.                                Third Quarter
htm                                                                                           ED209B       Educational Theory and Practicum .......................... 2
                                                                                              WR123        English Composition: Research ................................ 3
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                                                Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
                                                                                                           Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4
Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/~jjohnson/ECON-
HOME.htm                                                                                                   Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                            15
Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/econ/
                                                                                              Fourth Quarter
Portland State University - http://www.econ.pdx.edu/                                          MTH211       Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I2 ........... 3
Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Economics.shtml                                            Program electives3 .............................................. 12
University of Oregon - http://economics.uoregon.edu/                                                                                                                        15
                                                                                              Fifth Quarter
Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/business/ma-                               MTH212       Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II2 .......... 3
jore.htm#bs
                                                                                                           Program electives3 .............................................. 12
Disclaimer                                                                                                                                                                  15
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                            Sixth Quarter
intending to major in Economics. Specific requirements for transfer                            MTH213       Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III2 ......... 3
will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to                                     Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
                                                                                                           Program electives3 ................................................ 9
requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                            15
                                                                                                  1
                                                                                                    Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.

Education                                                                                         2
                                                                                                     These courses are required for elementary education majors
                                                                                                    only.
Associate of Science                                                                              3
                                                                                                    The following courses are suggested to fulfill program elective
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                                requirements: ED230, ED260. See faculty advisor for selection
Dr. Dain Smith: 503-491-7105 - Room AC 2671                      dain@mhcc.edu                      assistance.

If you want to be an elementary or secondary school teacher, you
will be making a number of decisions: What age group do you want                              MHCC Program Web Links:
to teach? What subject do you want to teach? Will you transfer to a                           http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
school with an undergraduate (four-year/Bachelors) or graduate (fifth
year/Masters) teaching program? Which school do you want to transfer
                                                                                              Transfer Schools’ Web Links
to? The answer to these questions will help determine the appropriate
courses to take. MHCC offers a number of education courses to help you                        Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/ma-
determine if teaching is really for you and prepare you for transfer to                       jors/education.cfm
a four-year college or university. Two courses, ED200 and ED209A/B,                           Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/sebp/
are recommended for students who want to more fully explore the
profession before beginning an educational program.                                           Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/education/

The sample two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet                          Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/gradeducate.phtml
the requirements of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and                             University of Oregon - http://education.uoregon.edu/path.
to prepare students to complete a baccalaureate degree in Educa-                              htm?setpath=19
tion from an accredited college or university. Education program
                                                                                              Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/education/
requirements vary widely at the baccalaureate level so a student’s
course work must be planned in accordance with their chosen transfer                          Disclaimer
institution. Students completing an Associate of Science degree are                           This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
strongly encouraged to work closely with the MHCC Education faculty                           intending to major in Education. Specific requirements for transfer
advisor and their transfer institution to develop a meaningful course                         will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
of study at MHCC.                                                                             contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
                                                                                              requirements.


                                                                                         75
Instructional Assistant Recognition of Completion, may be                              because the requirements at each institution may vary by engineering
awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses                  field. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any changes in the
may provide a structured review of skills used by persons who work as                  program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn
instructional aides, teacher aides, education assistants, and teacher                  the program requirements of the school that you plan to attend.
assistants, or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge                   NOTE: This program is specifically designed for transfer to a four-year
in support of public K-12 classroom teachers. Applications for this                    institution and is not intended for students who seek direct entry
non-transcipted, institutional award of attendance are available with                  into the job market after completion of an associate degree. MHCC’s
the program advisor. Please note that the following courses will be                    Engineering Technology program offers an AAS program intended for
offered in later afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of those                 direct entry to the engineering technician job market.
employed during the day. Some course work may be offered during
the summer term in a compressed format.                                                First Quarter                                                                          Cr
Please note that the following courses will be offered based on suf-                   CH221           General Chemistry I ............................................... 5
ficient enrollment*.                                                                    GE101           Engineering Orientation ......................................... 4
                                                                                       MTH251          Calculus I ............................................................. 4
Instructional Assistant
                                                                                       WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
ED110      Psychology of Learning .......................................... 3
ED123      Clasroom Techniques in Reading                                                                                                                                    16
              and Language* (Su) ........................................... 3         Second Quarter
ED130      Classroom Management* (Su) ................................. 3              CH222           General Chemistry II .............................................. 5
ED131      Teaching Strategies (Sp) ..........................................         GE102           Engineering Computations ..................................... 3
3    ED200 Introduction to Education (F/W/Sp) ........................ 3               MTH252          Calculus II ............................................................ 4
ED209A     Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 1                   SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
ED209B     Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 2                   WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
ED235      Instructional Technology* ..................................... 3
ED251      Overview of Students with Special Needs* (W) ......... 3                                                                                                          18
ED258      Multi-cultural Education* (Su) ................................ 3           Third Quarter
ED268      Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped* (F) ........ 3                    GE115           Engineering Graphics ............................................. 3
PSY201     General Psychology (Su/F/W/Sp)............................. 3               MTH253          Calculus III .......................................................... 4
MTH211     Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I (F) ........ 3                     WR123           English Composition: Research or
                                                                                                          WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3
Select 9 credits from the following:                                                                   Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                                                                                                        1



CIS125__      Software Applications (Word) (Su/F/W/Sp) .............. 1                                Social Science requirement ................................... 3
                                                                                                                                            1


CIS125__      Software Applications (Excel) (Su/F/W/Sp) .............. 1
                                                                                                                                                                             16
ENG221        Introduction to Children’s Literature ...................... 3
HE252         First Aid: Responding to Emergencies (Su/F/W/Sp)
                                                                                       Fourth Quarter
                 or HE261 CPR-Cardiopulmonary                                          ENGR201         Electrical Fundamentals I ....................................... 5
                 Resuscitation (F/W/Sp) ................................... 1-3        ENGR211         Statics ................................................................. 4
MTH212        Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II (W) ...... 3                   MTH254          Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4
SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking (Su/F/W/Sp) ......... 3                  PH211           General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5
WR121         English Composition (Su/F/W/Sp) .............................                                                                                                  18
3                                                                                      Fifth Quarter
                                                                                       ENGR213         Strength of Materials ............................................. 4

Engineering                                                                            MTH256
                                                                                       PH212
                                                                                                       Differential Equations ............................................ 4
                                                                                                       General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5
Associate of Science
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                                                                                             13
Nikolene Schulz: 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 schulzn@mhcc.edu                          Sixth Quarter
                                                                                       ENGR212         Dynamics.............................................................. 4
The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community                      PH213           General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5
College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program                                      Health and Physical Education requirement .............. 3
at Oregon State University, Portland State University and Oregon
                                                                                                       Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                                                                                                        1

Institute of Technology and meet the requirements for an Associate
of Science degree from MHCC. This program is intended, specifically,                                    Social Science requirement ................................... 3
                                                                                                                                            1




for civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering majors, however, it                                                                                                        18
may be modified to meet the needs of students transferring into other
disciplines of engineering and/or to other institutions. In all cases,
the student must make application to both the transfer institution
                                                                                       1
                                                                                           Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.
and the College or School of Engineering.
The MHCC program has entry-level expectations of students for skills                   NOTE: The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Engineer-
in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it              ing Transfer courses, and some of the other math and science courses
is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering faculty                    available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a
advisor or The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (see below). You                  typical pre-engineering curriculum. Not every course required by the
should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to                   various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC.
which you plan to transfer. It is especially important that you do so,




                                                                                  76
MHCC Transfer Center                                                                      Second Quarter
http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online.htm                         WR122          English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                          ENG108         World Literature: The Renaissance to the
                                                                                                            Age of Reason (1200 - 1800) .............................. 3
Related MHCC Program Web Links
                                                                                                         First-Year Modern Language requirement 1 ............... 5
http://www.mhcc.edu/programs                                                                             Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5
                                                                                                                                                                 15-16
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                               Third Quarter
Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/d/geociv/                             WR123          English Composition: Research ................................ 3
                                                                                          ENG109         World Literature: Romanticism to
Oregon State University - http://engr.oregonstate.edu/
                                                                                                            Contemporary Writings (1800 - present) .............. 3
Portland State University - http://www.cecs.pdx.edu/                                                     First-Year Modern Language requirement1 ................ 5
                                                                                                         Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5
Disclaimer                                                                                                                                                       15-16
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intend-                Fourth Quarter
ing to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary                  Select a sequence from the following three options. Take one course
from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their                from the sequence each quarter:
four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.                       ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or
                                                                                                        ENG 204-206 British Literature or
                                                                                                        ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3
English                                                                                   ANTH180     Language and Culture2 .......................................... 3
                                                                                                      Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1
Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                                  Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 ............. 3
Gerry Barra: 503-491-7659 - Room 2386                      barrag@mhcc.edu                            Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4
                                                                                                      Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
English majors enjoy the study of imaginative literature and the devel-                                                                                              17
opment of effective utilization of language. The range of their classes                   Fifth Quarter
may cover modern literature as well as great writers from America,                        ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or
Great Britain, Europe, and the world. Career paths for English majors
                                                                                                         ENG 204-206 British Literature or
are various; they may plan on careers in creative writing, education,
journalism, law, technical writing - indeed, any field where expert                                       ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3
command of the English language is central.                                               MTH105      Intro to Contemporary Mathematics or
                                                                                                         MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elem Functions1 .............. 4
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet requirements
                                                                                                      Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1
of the Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree (AA/OT) from MHCC
and to prepare students to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree in                                      Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4
English from an accredited college or university. Students are urged                                  Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
to consult catalogs and websites of the four-year institutions they are                                                                                              15
considering in order to meet fully their lower division course require-                   Sixth Quarter
ments. English majors also need to be aware that to earn a Bachelor                       ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or
of Arts degree they are required to achieve two years of college-level                                   ENG 204-206 British Literature or
second language competency.                                                                              ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3
After consulting with their advisors, students may also choose to add                                 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1
a focus on creative writing by taking some of the following classes:                                  Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3
     WR226 Creative Nonfiction Writing                                                                 Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4
     WR241 Imaginative Writing: Fiction                                                               Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6
     WR242 Imaginative Writing: Poetry                                                                                                                               17
     WR244 Advanced Poetry Writing
     WR245 Advanced Fiction Writing
                                                                                          Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may
     WR247A/B The Literary Publication                                                    be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree.
     WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing                             1
                                                                                                      Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-
                                                                                                ments
Students should consult with their faculty advisor as they plan their                         2
                                                                                                Recommended course to fulfill social science general educa-
individual course of study within the framework suggested below and                             tion requirement
the requirements of MHCC’s AA/OT degree.
First Quarter                                                                  Cr         Transfer Schools’ Web Links:
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3        Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/engwrite/
ENG107        World Literature: The Classic World                                         Oregon State University - http://www.orst.edu/dept/english/
                 (7th Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.) ........................... 3
              Computer Literacy requirement 1 ............................ 1              Portland State University - http://www.english.pdx.edu
              First-Year Modern Language requirement1 ................ 5                  Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/catalog/00-01/
              Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5            English/INDEX.HTM
                                                                         16-17


                                                                                     77
University of Oregon - http://www.uoregon.edu/~engl/                                           Fourth Quarter
Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/humanities/                                 BI211          Biology I ............................................................ 5
                                                                                                                          1



english.htm                                                                                    EHS221         Environment Safety I:
(Oregon Institute of Technology - No English Major or Department)                                                Emergency Response Planning ............................ 4
                                                                                               EHS225         Human and Environment Toxicology ....................... 3
Disclaimer
                                                                                               ESR271         Environment Science II:
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
intending to major in English. Specific requirements for transfer will                                             Intro to Environmental Engineering ................... 4
vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs responsibility to                                                                                                                 16
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission                            Fifth Quarter
requirements.                                                                                  BI212          Biology II ........................................................... 5
                                                                                                                              1



                                                                                               EHS201         Environment Health and Safety

Environmental Science                                                                          EHS243
                                                                                                                 Regulations II ................................................... 3
                                                                                                              Environment Science Lab II:
Direct Transfer Curriculum                                                                                       Intro to Instrumental Analysis ............................ 4
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                                                                                                  12
Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu
                                                                                               Sixth Quarter
The study of Environmental Science equips students with a general                              BI213          Biology III .......................................................... 5
                                                                                                                                  1



understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It                             EHS222         Environment Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........ 4
is an interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions in                        EHS230         Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3
a variety of fields including environmental policy, natural resource                            WE280EV        Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3
management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental
education, and environmental communication.                                                                                                                                       15
The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the
                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                       CH104-106, MTH111 and BI101-103 may be substituted if you
transfer requirements for Portland State University, Concordia Univer-                                 are planning to obtain an Environmental Policy or Manage-
sity, and Marylhurst University through formal agreements with these                                   ment degree.
institutions. However students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate
degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different                          Related MHCC Program Web Links
courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Stu-
dents interested in transferring to a four-year college or university                          http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
after MHCC are highly encouraged to consult with the program advisor
and the institution they will be attending. It should be noted that                            Transfer Schools’ Web Links
an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course
of study; rather students direct transfer to the four-year institution                         Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu
of their choice.                                                                               Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu
First Quarter                                                                      Cr          Portland State University - http://www.esr.pdx.edu
CH221         General Chemistry I ............................................. 5
                                        1



EHS100        Introduction to Environment Health
                                                                                               Disclaimer
                 and Safety ........................................................ 2
                                                                                               This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
EHS101        Environment Health & Safety Regulations I .............. 3                       intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer
MTH251        Calculus I ............................................................ 4
                           1
                                                                                               will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3             contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
                                                                                   17          requirements.
Second Quarter

                                                                                               Fine Arts
CH222         General Chemistry II ............................................ 5
                                            1



EHS143        Environment Science Lab I:
                 EPA Methodology Lab and Sampling..................... 3                       Direct Transfer Curriculum
ESR281        Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3                 MHCC Faculty Advisors
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                   Mary Girsch: 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30E        girschm@mhcc.edu
                                                                                               Stephen Mickey: 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30C    mickeys@mhcc.edu
                                                                                   14          Tamsie Ringler: 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30A     ringlert@mhcc.edu
Third Quarter                                                                                  Georganne Watters: 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30B wattersg@mhcc.edu
CH170         Environ. Chemistry ................................................ 4
CH223         General Chemistry III ........................................... 5
                                                1
                                                                                               The Mt. Hood Community College Fine Arts Department prepares
                                                                                               students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges,
EHS171        Environment Science I:                                                           universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of
                 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ....................... 3                    Arts/Fine Arts. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical hu-
ESR285        Safety and Health Studies and Laws ........................ 3                    manities elective requirements of such schools, and as major require-
WR123         English Composition: Research ................................ 3                 ments for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Oregon,
                                                                                               Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon
                                                                                   18          University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College of Art,
                                                                                               and Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which
                                                                                               many interested students transfer.



                                                                                          78
It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the
completion of this course of study; rather students direct transfer
to the four-year institution of their choice. MHCC Visual Arts courses
                                                                              Fish and Wildlife Science
                                                                              Associate of Science
generally transfer to most Oregon four-year educational institutions.         MHCC Faculty Advisors                               Fisheries
However, it is highly recommended that students contact their transfer        Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu
institution of choice immediately to begin the process of degree plan-        Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13       hannat@mhcc.edu
ning and to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC
art faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating                                                                    Wildlife
with transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the              Dr. Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu
school’s requirements.
                                                                              Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse field of study devoted to ex-
First year                                                                    amining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It
Foundation courses    (27 credits)                                            provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues
ART115, 116, 117      Basic Design I, II, III                                 of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration.
ART201, 202, 203      Introduction to the History of Art
ART231, 232, 233      Drawing I, II, III                                      The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-
                                                                              ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a
                                                                              student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish and Wildlife Science
Elective courses      Choose 6-9 credits of the following cours-              at Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a
es:                                                                           baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that
ART225, 226, 227      Applied Design: Computer Graphics I, II, III            require different courses within the various subject areas of General
ART240, 241           Drawing: Cartooning I, II                               Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college
ART254, 255, 256      Ceramics I, II, III                                     or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will
ART257, 258, 259      Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III                  be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising
ART271, 272, 273      Printmaking I, II, III                                  and Transfer Center.
ART281, 282, 283      Painting I, II, III
ART291, 292, 293      Sculpture I, II, III                                    First Quarter                                                                       Cr
ART288                Sculpture: Ceramic                                      CH104         General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I
ART294, 296, 297      Watercolor I, II, III                                                    or CH221 General Chemistry I.............................. 5
                                                                              MTH251        Calculus I ............................................................. 4
Second year                                                                   SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
Foundation courses (9 credits)                                                WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
ART234, 235, 236   Life Drawing
                                                                                                                                                                 15
                                                                              Second Quarter
Elective courses      Choose 18-24 credits of the following
                                                                              CH105         General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II
courses:
                                                                                               or CH222 General Chemistry II ............................ 5
ART254, 255, 256      Ceramics I, II, III
                                                                              FW251         Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3
ART257, 258, 259      Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III
                                                                              WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
ART271, 272, 273      Printmaking I, II, III
                                                                                            Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
ART281, 282, 283      Painting I, II, III
                                                                                            Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3
ART288                Sculpture: Ceramic
ART289                Sculpture: Metalcasting                                                                                                                     17
ART290                Sculpture: Welding                                      Third Quarter
ART291, 292, 293      Sculpture I, II, III                                    CH106         General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III
ART294, 296, 297      Watercolor I, II, III                                                   or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5
ART198A/B/C           Independent Studies: Visual Arts                        WR123         English Composition: Research ................................ 3
                                                                              HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                                 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1
Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/                                 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3
Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/
                                                                                                                                                                 15
                                                                              Fourth Quarter
Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml                     BI211         Biology I .............................................................. 5
University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/                             CH241         Organic Chemistry I ............................................... 5
Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/           G201          Principles of Geology ............................................. 4
fna-art.html                                                                                                                                                     14
                                                                              Fifth Quarter
Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index.php
                                                                              BI212         Biology II ............................................................. 5
Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu                       CH242         Organic Chemistry I ............................................... 5
                                                                              MTH243        Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4
Disclaimer                                                                                                                                                       14
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students            Sixth Quarter
intending to major in Fine Arts. Specific requirements for transfer            BI213         Biology III ........................................................... 5
will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to        MTH244        Statistics II .......................................................... 4
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission                         Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
requirements.                                                                               Elective1 ............................................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                 15

                                                                         79
                                                                                                 Winter Quarter, Second Year
    1
        For course selection, see a faculty advisor and/or refer to                              BI212         Biology II ............................................................ 5
        the OSU Baccalaureate Core website: http://oregonstatae.                                 FT228         Intro to Geographic Information Systems ................ 3
        edu/Dept/admindb/bcc/index.htm                                                           MTH243        Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4
                                                                                                 WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
MHCC Program Web Links                                                                                                                                                              15
http://www.mhcc.edu/programs                                                                     Spring Quarter, Second Year
                                                                                                 FT235         Outdoor Recreation .............................................. 3
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                                      BI213         Biology III .......................................................... 5
Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu                                              EC202         Prinicples of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
                                                                                                 SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
                                                                                                                                                                                    14
Disclaimer
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                                   1
                                                                                                       F141 and F240 satisfy requirements for Forest Engineering and
intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Specific requirements                                  Forest Products degrees. However, Forest Management and
for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s respon-                              Resource Recreation degrees require FOR241 and FOR341 at
sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific                                  Oregon State University. F141 is great preparation for FOR241
admission requirements.                                                                                Dendrology and F240 serves as a solid foundation or FOR341
                                                                                                       Forest Ecology.
                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                       FT122 and FT221 together satisfy the requirements for
Forest Resources                                                                                       FOR220 Aerial Photo Interpretation and Forest Measurements.

Management                                                                                       Related MHCC Program Web Link
Direct Transfer Curriculum                                                                       Two thirds of MHCCÕs Forest Resources Technology program credits
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                             transfer to area universities. For program information, visit the
Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569                    caldwelj@mhcc.edu                  website listed below.
                                                                                                   http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering, Forest
Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at many univer-                           Transfer Schools’ Web Links
sities throughout the United States and Canada. Specific requirements                             Oregon State University - http://www.cof.orst.edu
for transfer will vary from institution to institution, but in general,                               (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC)
most programs require a year of Biology, a year of Chemistry and                                 Humbolt State Univerity - http://humboldt.edu
Mathematics through Calculus. It should be noted that an Associate
                                                                                                      (direct transfer)
Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather
students directly transfer to Oregon State University.                                           University of Idaho - http://www.uidaho.edu/cnr
                                                                                                      (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC)
                                                                                                 University of Montana - http://www.forestry.umt.edu
The following is a transfer guide for the Forest Management degree                                    (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC)
at Oregon State University.
                                                                                                 University of Washington - http://www.cfr.washington.edu
Fall Quarter, First Year                                                             Cr               (direct transfer)
CH104           General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I ................ 5                     Washington State Universty - http://wsu.edu
F111            Introduction to Natural Resources ......................... 3                         (direct transfer)
F141            Tree and Shrub Identification1 ............................... 3
MTH95           Intermediate Algebra with
                                                                                                 Disclaimer
                   Right-Triangle Trigonometry ............................... 5
                                                                                                 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
                                                                                     16          intending to major in Forest Resources Management. Specific require-
Winter Quarter, First Year                                                                       ments for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s
CH105           General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II .............. 5                      responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm
EC201           Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3                 specific admission requirements.
FT122           Forest Measurements I2 ........................................ 4
MTH111          Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4

Spring Quarter, First Year
                                                                                     16          Geography
                                                                                                 Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
CH106           General, Organic & Biological Chemistry III .......... 5
                                                                                                 MHCC Faculty Advisor
F200            Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4
                                                                                                 Chris Gorsek: 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674                    gorsekc@mhcc.edu
HPE295          Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
MTH241          Elementary Calculus............................................... 4             This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying
                                                                                     16          geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
Fall Quarter, Second Year                                                                        Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work
BI211           Biology I ............................................................. 5        towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general
F240            Natural Resources Ecology1 .................................... 4                theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability
                                                                                                 to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using GIS
FT221           Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping2 ...................... 5
                                                                                                 - a Geographic Information System).
WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                     17


                                                                                            80
Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State                              Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links
University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University.                            Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/
However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may
also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These institutions                    Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography.
may require different courses within the various General Education                           html
requirements. Students interested in transferring to any four-year                           Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/
college or university after attending MHCC should consult with the
institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic Advising                         University of Oregon - http://geography.uoregon.edu/
and Transfer Center. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor
of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other
than English (201-203 or equivalent)                                                         Disclaimer
First Quarter                                                                    Cr          This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
                                                                                             intending to major in Geography. Specific requirements for transfer
GEOG105       Introduction to Physical Geography ........................ 3                  will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
HUM100        Humanities Through the Arts .................................. 3               contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
MTH111        Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4                  requirements.
SOC204        General Sociology.................................................. 3
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
                                                                                 16          Geology
Second Quarter                                                                               Associate of Science
ART202        Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3                MHCC Faculty Advisor
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3            Rick Bolesta: 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564                   bolestar@mhcc.edu
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
                                                                                             Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and
GEOG106       Introduction to World Regional Geography .............. 3                      analyze the earthÕs physical and chemical characteristics and catalog
MTH112        Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4                    the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                 the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the
                                                                                 17          quality of human life.
Third Quarter                                                                                The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements
ART203        Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3                for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for
                                                                                             obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Geology at Oregon State Univer-
ART261        Photography I ....................................................... 3
                                                                                             sity, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University
GEOG107       Introduction to Cultural Geography ........................ 3                  of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree
GEOG180       Map Reading and Interpretation ............................. 3                 may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses
SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3                 within the various areas of General Education. Students interested
                                                                                             in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should
                                                                                 15          consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor
Fourth Quarter                                                                               and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.
BI101         General Biology I .................................................. 4
FT221         Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping........................ 5                   First Quarter                                                                       Cr
                                                                                             CH221         General Chemistry I ............................................... 5
GEOG206       Geography of Oregon ............................................. 3
                                                                                             MTH251        Calculus I ............................................................. 4
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
                                                                                             WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
HST110        World Civilizations: Ancient World.......................... 3
                                                                                                           Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
                                                                                 18                                                                                             15
Fifth Quarter                                                                                Second Quarter
BI102         General Biology II ................................................. 4         CH222         General Chemistry II ............................................. 5
FT228         Introduction to Geographic                                                     MTH252        Calculus II ............................................................ 4
                 Information Systems.......................................... 3             WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
GEOG214       Geography of Mexico and Central America ................ 3                                   Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3
GEOG290       Environmental Problems ......................................... 3                                                                                                15
HST111        World Civilizations: Medieval World ......................... 3                Third Quarter
                                                                                             CH223         General Chemistry III ............................................ 5
                                                                                 16
                                                                                             MTH253        Calculus III .......................................................... 4
Sixth Quarter
                                                                                             WR123         English Composition: Research or
BI103         General Biology III ................................................ 4
                                                                                                              WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3
HST112        World Civilizations: Modern World ........................... 3                              Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
PE185         Physical Education ................................................ 1
                                                                                                                                                                                15
PS205         International Relations .......................................... 3           Fourth Quarter
WR227         Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3            G201          Principles of Geology ............................................. 4
                                                                                 14          MTH254        Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4
                                                                                             PH201         General Physics I or
                                                                                                              PH211 General Physics with Calculus I ................. 5
                                                                                                           Elective1 .............................................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                                 16


                                                                                        81
Fifth Quarter                                                                             Corporate management trainers report liberal arts majors advance
G202             Principles of Geology ......................................... 4        further in business careers than students with other majors; and recent
PH202          General Physics II or                                                      figures show that students majoring in History score especially well in
                 PH212 General Physics with Calculus II................ 5                 entrance examinations for Master’s of Business Administration (MBA)
                                                                                          programs and for Law School.
SP111          Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
               Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3          Foundation History Courses:                                                     Cr
                                                                              15          HST110          World Civilization: Ancient World ............................ 3
Sixth Quarter                                                                             HST111          World Civilization: Medieval World .......................... 3
CIS120         Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3        HST112          World Civilization: Modern World ............................ 3
CIS120L        Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1          HST201          U.S. History: Pre-Colonial - 1830............................. 3
G203             Principles of Geology ......................................... 4        HST202          U.S. History: 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3
PH203          General Physics III or                                                     HST203          U.S. History: 1910 - Present ................................... 3
                 PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5
               Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3                   Other MHCC History Electives
                                                                              16          International History
    1
        Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.                                HST104        History of the Middle East* .................................... 3
                                                                                          HST195        History of the Vietnam War..................................... 3
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                               HST270        History of Mexico* ................................................ 3
Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/geosci-                             HST272        History of South America*...................................... 3
ences/                                                                                    HST294        History of Ancient Greece* ..................................... 3
Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/
Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml                             United States History Ð specialized
                                                                                          HST237       America in the 1960s ............................................. 3
University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/                               HST240       History of Oregon .................................................. 3

Disclaimer                                                                                Women’s History
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                        HST204      Women in U.S. History ........................................... 3
intending to major in Geology. Specific requirements for transfer                          HST225      Women in World History ......................................... 3
will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
                                                                                              * Courses offered only as Independent Study options
requirements.
                                                                                          NOTE: Students who want to pursue an Associate of Arts - Oregon

History
                                                                                          Transfer degree should consult the MHCC Academic Advising and
                                                                                          Transfer Center for academic planning.
Direct Transfer Curriculum
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                     Useful History Web Links
Patrick Casey: 503 491-7302 - Room AC 2680       caseyp@mhcc.edu                          American Historical Association - http://www.theaha.org/
Elizabeth Milliken: 503 491-7127 - Room AC 2679 millikee@mhcc.edu
                                                                                          Transfer Schools’ Web Links
The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year                    Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/history/
colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in the
awarding of an associate degree. Two MHCC History sequences, World                        Portland State University - http://www.history.pdx.edu/
Civilizations (HST110, HST111, and HST112) and United States History                      Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/history/
(HST201, HST202, and HST203) transfer directly to Oregon’s public uni-
versities as History credit. Each of these courses may be taken individu-                 Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/HISTORY.SHTML
ally or as part of a sequence. All other MHCC History classes transfer as                 University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~history/
a social sciences distribution requirement or a social sciences elective.
                                                                                          Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/histo-
As transfer policies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with
                                                                                          rydept.htm
the transfer institution directly for specific information.
                                                                                          Disclaimer
Each of the History courses on this page is offered at least once a
year at Mt. Hood Community College, and several are available in an                       This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
Independent Study format.                                                                 intending to major in History. Specific requirements for transfer
                                                                                          will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
“Not to know what happened before one was born,” said the Roman                           contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
orator Cicero, “is always to remain a child.”                                             requirements.
Studying History moves you beyond childhood by systematically ob-
serving and documenting the past. The knowledge this study uncovers
- and the process of uncovering and recording it - provides you with a
wealth of skills useful in careers such as teaching history, founding and
managing a business, practicing law, reporting the news, writing novels,
directing movies, managing an archive or library or being President of
the United States - and anything in between.




                                                                                     82
Hospitality and Tourism                                                                         Fifth Quarter (Fall)
                                                                                                BA211           Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4
Management                                                                                      CSX30IN
                                                                                                HT241
                                                                                                                Beginning Internet ................................................ 1
                                                                                                                International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3
Direct Transfer Curriculum
                                                                                                HT250           Travel and Tourism Marketing ................................. 3
MHCC Faculty Advisors
Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC2664                     franksl@mhcc.edu                  HT242           Supervisory Management for the
Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC2665                    carrierc@mhcc.edu                                     Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3
                                                                                                HT260           Hospitality Industry Marketing ............................... 3
The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Program of-
fers tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested                                                                                                                  17
in a four-year degree transfer program. Students have transferred to                            Sixth Quarter (Winter)
numerous colleges and universities throughout the country in programs                           BA212           Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3
ranging from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice                                CS125HTF        Beginning HTML .................................................... 1
Management, Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meet-                                 EC201           Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
ings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Transfer
                                                                                                GEOG105         Introduction to Physical Geography ........................ 3
agreements exist with in-state and out-of-state colleges and universi-
ties. Students have successfully transferred in the past to University                          HT170           Food Beverage and Labor Cost
of Nevada-Las Vegas, Hawaii Pacific University, Northern Arizona                                                    Control ............................................................. 3
University, Southern Oregon University, Washington State University,                            HT206           Hotel/Resort Operation Management ....................... 3
University of Denver, University of Hawaii at Manoa, U.S. International                                                                                                               16
University in San Diego and Portland State University.
                                                                                                Seventh Quarter (Spring)
Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university                        BA205           Business Communications ...................................... 4
after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attend-
                                                                                                BA213           Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4
ing, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and
Transfer Center.                                                                                BA231           Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
                                                                                                EC202           Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
The following transfer curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of
Business Administration transfer.                                                               HT230           Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                                     18
First Quarter (Fall)                                                                Cr
                                                                                                Eighth Quarter (Summer)
HT104         Introduction to Travel and Tourism ......................... 3
                                                                                                WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4
HT106         Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3
                                                                                                EC203      Principles of Economics III (optional) .................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                   2

HT140         Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3
MTH243        Probability and Statistics I ................................... 4
                                                  1

                                                                                                     1
                                                                                                          See prerequisites for this course.
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3                   2
                                                                                                         Students my take course during the summer or wait and take
                                                                                    16                   an upper division course after transfer.
Second Quarter (Winter)
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3               Related MHCC Program Web Links
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1                 http://www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/
HT141         Customer Service Management ................................ 3
                                                                                                Transfer Schools’ Web Links
HT133         Convention and Meetings Management .................... 3
MTH244        Statistics II .......................................................... 4        Portland State University - http://www.sba/pdx.edu
SP111         Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3                    Hawaii Pacific University - http://web2.hpu.edu/index.
                                                                                    17          cfm?section=welcome280
Third Quarter (Spring)
BA101         Introduction to Business........................................ 4                Disclaimer
HPE295        Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3               This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intend-
HT105         Catering, Restaurant and Food                                                     ing to major in History. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from
                 Management: Concepts to Customers ................... 3                        school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year
HT181         Computer Applications for the Hospitality                                         transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.
                 Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer
                 Reservation System Training ............................... 3
PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3              Journalism
                                                                                    16          Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
Fourth Quarter (Summer)                                                                         MHCC Faculty Advisors
WE280HTB      Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4                    Bob Watkins: 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383                     watkinsb@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                Russ Kendall: 503-491-7354 - Room AC 1384                     kendallr@mhcc.edu
                                                                                     4
                                                                                                This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying jour-
                                                                                                nalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree,
                                                                                                and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a
                                                                                                bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in journalism.




                                                                                           83
Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Oregon                               Fifth Quarter
to work toward a Bachelor of Arts/Science degree in journalism.                                  BI102          General Biology II ................................................. 4
The courses listed below have been selected with the University of
                                                                                                 EC202          Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3
Oregon program in mind as part of current articulation agreement
discussions.                                                                                     HST202         History of the United States ................................... 3
                                                                                                 J215B          Publications Lab ................................................... 2
However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in
journalism, communications or new media also transfer to other                                   WR248          Strategies for Revision: Advanced
institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of                                                  Professional Writing .......................................... 3
Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, the                                                                                                               15
University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These institu-                               Sixth Quarter
tions may require different courses within the various subject areas                             HPE295         Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
of General Education.
                                                                                                 J202           Information Gathering ........................................... 4
Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university                         J215B          Publications Lab ................................................... 2
after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attend-                              SP111          Fundamentals of Public Speaking. ........................... 3
ing, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and
Transfer Center.                                                                                                Lab Science requirement ...................................... 4
                                                                                                                                               2




                                                                                                                                                                                  16
Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year)
J215B         Publications Lab* .................................................. 2
                                                                                                     1
                                                                                                         The humanities literature course requirement may be satisfied
                                                                                                         with any of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107-
   * This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs
     from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start                                       109, ENG202-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222,
     of fall quarter. See fall course schedule for exact dates. The                                      ENG253-255.
     course includes orientation sessions, skill-building drills and                                 2
                                                                                                         The lab science course requirement may be satisfied with any
     production of the first newspaper of the year.                                                       of the following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G201-
                                                                                                         203, GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213.
First Quarter                                                                        Cr
CS125QRK        Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1               Related MHCC Program Web Link
J211            Introduction to Mass Communication ...................... 3                      http://www.mhcc.edu/programs
J215A           Publications Lab ................................................... 1           Transfer Schools’ Web Links
J216            Reporting I ........................................................... 3
                                                                                                 University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu
J226            Introduction to Journalism Production .................... 2
                Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                1
                                                                                                 Disclaimer
                                                                                    13           This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
Second Quarter                                                                                   intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer
J215A           Publications Lab ................................................... 1           will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
                                                                                                 contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
J217            Reporting II ......................................................... 3
                                                                                                 requirements.
PH122           General Astronomy ................................................ 3
WR121           English Composition. ............................................. 3             Journalism Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to
                Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                1
                                                                                                 a student who completes the following courses. The courses are
                                                                                                 designed to provide a structured review of skills used by persons in
                                                                                    13           the journalism field or for those seeking to add to their skill-base in
Third Quarter                                                                                    communications, or for students who already hold a degree in another
J215A           Publications Lab ................................................... 1           field. This set of courses encompasses skills specific to the profession,
J218            Copy Editing ......................................................... 3         will help build a strong and diverse portfolio and offers the opportunity
HST201          History of the United States ................................... 3               for practical experience in an accelerated format. Students may take
MTH111          Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions ....................... 4                   coursework in reporting, technical writing, editing, computer design,
WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                   publication production, photojournalism, advertising and public rela-
WR226           Creative Non-fiction Writing ................................... 3                tions, among other areas.

                                                                                     17          Students may take a variety of other journalism-related courses from
                                                                                                 the additional list printed below. For more information on this non-
Fourth Quarter
                                                                                                 transcripted, institutional award of attendance, consult the faculty
BI101           General Biology I .................................................. 4
                                                                                                 advisor, Bob Watkins at 503-491-7413 or by email at watkins@mhcc.
EC201           Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3                 edu .
J204            Visual Communication ............................................ 4
J215B           Publications Lab ................................................... 2
WR227           Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3
                                                                                     16




                                                                                            84
Please note that the following courses will be offered based on suf-                       Study Abroad options are available and recommended as part of
ficient enrollment.                                                                         language study at MHCC. Currently, there are spring term and summer
                                                                                           programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, for Spanish and a summer
Journalism                                                                                 program in Kyoto, Japan, for Japanese. In both cases, language study is
CS125QRK     Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1            facilitated and enriched by cultural immersion. Check with the faculty
J202         Information Gathering (Sp) .................................... 4             advisor in Languages for details. (Programs may be changed or can-
J204         Visual Communication (F)....................................... 4             celled due to circumstances at the time of offering or departure.)
J211         Introduction to Mass Communications (F/Sp) ........... 3
                                                                                           First Quarter                                                                        Cr
J215A        Publications Lab (Su/F/W/Sp)................................. 1
                                                                                                         (Modern Language)1011 ......................................... 5
J215B        Publications Lab* (Su/F/W/Sp) ............................... 6
                                                                                           WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
J216         Reporting I (F/W) .................................................. 3
                                                                                                         Computer Literacy requirement2 ............................. 1
J217         Reporting II (W) ................................................... 3
                                                                                                         Mathematics requirement2 ..................................... 4
J218         Copy Editing (Sp) .................................................. 3
                                                                                                         Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3
J226         Introduction to Journalism Production (F) ............... 2
WR227        Technical Report Writing (F/W/Sp) .......................... 3                                                                                                    16
WR248        Strategies for Revision: Advanced                                             Second Quarter
             Professional Writing (Sp) ....................................... 3                         (Modern Language)1021 ........................................ 5
                                                                                           WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                                         Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1
Additional Journalism-Related Courses                                                                    Oral Communication requirement 3 .......................... 3
Individuals are encouraged to consider additional coursework from                                        Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3
the list below to strengthen their skills and further develop their                                                                                                            15
portfolio.                                                                                 Third Quarter
ART261       Photography I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 3                            (Modern Language)1031 ........................................ 5
J134         Photojournalism (W) .............................................. 3          WR123         English Composition: Research ................................ 3
J205         Public Relations (W) .............................................. 3                       Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1
J225         Introduction to Advertising (W) ............................. 3                             Science/Math/Computer Sci requirement2 ............... 3
J280         Cooperative Education Internships ......................3-12                                Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3
SP111        Fundamentals of Public Speaking (Su/F/W/Sp) ......... 3                                                                                                           15
                                                                                           Fourth Quarter

Modern Languages                                                                                         (Modern Language)2014 ........................................ 4
                                                                                                         Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1
Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer                                                                      Humanities requirement
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                                       (other than Modern Languages)2 ........................ 3
Paul Eckhardt: 503-491-7497 - AC 2377                  eckhardtp@mhcc.edu                                Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5
                                                                                                         Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3
In a world that is increasingly interdependent, knowledge of other
cultures and languages is crucial. In East Multnomah County, the three                                                                                                    15-16
languages most needed by local businesses and service agencies, after                      Fifth Quarter
English, are Spanish, Russian and American Sign Language (ASL). State-                                   (Modern Language)2024 ........................................ 4
wide, Oregon’s two biggest trade partners are Japan (world’s second                                      Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5
largest economy) and Canada (one-quarter French speaking). Other                                         Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3
important Oregon customers and investors are Germany, France and                                         Elective ................................................................ 3
Mexico. French is the world’s second most studied language. German                                                                                                        14-15
is the second most prominent language in the global business world.                        Sixth Quarter
Germany has the world’s third largest economy. Spanish is the second
                                                                                                         (Modern Language)2034 ........................................ 4
most spoken language in the United States, and the main language
of 19 countries. All three are important heritage languages in the                                       Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4
USA. MHCC offers: ASL, French, German, Italian (study abroad only),                                      Electives .............................................................. 7
Japanese, Russian and Spanish.                                                                                                                                                 15
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-
ments for an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC                              1
                                                                                                 Modern Language includes French, German, Japanese, Rus-
and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Arts in Modern                                 sian, Spanish or ASL. ASL courses are 3 credits. Italian is
Languages from a four-year public university in Oregon. Students                                 offered as part of Study Abroad in Florence only.
transferring from MHCC may also seek a baccalaureate at a different                            2
                                                                                                 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree require-
institution, which may require different courses within the subject                              ments and course options.
various areas of General Education. It is recommended that students                            3
                                                                                                 SP115, Intercultural Communication, is recommended.
consult with their advisor and refer to the catalogs and websites of                           4
                                                                                                 Students taking second-year Spanish are also required to take
the institutions in which they have interest.                                                    one one-credit course of Intermediate Spanish Conversation
Please note: Oregon transfer students must fulfill a second language                              during the year: SPAN 211 OR 212 OR 213. A similar require-
requirement. For admission: two college terms of the first year (101                              ment is being set up in the other languages. This would add
and 102) of a language other than English OR four semesters in high                              one elective credit to one of the above terms.
school. For graduation with a B.A.: the second year (201, 202 and
203, or equivalent) of a language other than English.




                                                                                      85
Recommended social sciences, humanities and elective courses:                                 Fourth Quarter
Social Sciences Courses: ANTH103, ANTH180, GEOG106, GEOG107,                                  MUP201-246    Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2
GEOG214, HST111, HST112, HST225, HST270, HST271, HST272,                                      MUP271-292    Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
HST293                                                                                        MUS211        Music Theory IV6 .................................................. 3
Humanities courses: ART201, ART202, ART203, ENG107, ENG108,                                   MUS214        Keyboard Harmony I .............................................. 2
ENG109, ENG212, R210                                                                          MUS261        Music History I7 ................................................... 3
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                                                 General Education classes
Oregon State University - http://orst.edu/dept/foreign_lang.htm
                                                                                              Fifth Quarter
Portland State University - http://www-adm.pdx.edu/user/fll/
                                                                                              MUP201-246    Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2
University of Oregon - http://babel.uoregon.edu/romance/romance.                              MUP271-292    Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
htm (Romance Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~gerscan/                                MUS212        Music Theory V ...................................................... 3
(Germanic Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~eall/ (East                                MUS215        Keyboard Harmony II ............................................. 2
Asian Languages)
                                                                                              MUS 262       Music History II .................................................... 3
Disclaimer                                                                                                  General Education classes
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
intending to major in Modern Languages. Specific requirements for                              Sixth Quarter
transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsi-
                                                                                              MUP201-246    Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2
bility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific
requirements of the transfer school.                                                          MUP271-292    Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1
                                                                                              MUS213        Music Theory VI ................................................... 3
                                                                                              MUS224        Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................... 2

Music                                                                                         MUS263        Music History III ................................................... 3
                                                                                                            General Education classes
Direct Transfer Curriculum
MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                             1
                                                                                                    Four years of Ensemble courses are required by most
Dave Barduhn: 503-491-6970 - Room AC 2130 barduhnd@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                    baccalaureate programs.
Susie Jones: 503-491-7158 - Room AC 2133     joness@mhcc.edu                                      2
                                                                                                    Most baccalaureate programs require four years of Applied Individual
The two-year program listed below is designed for direct transfer to                                Lessons. An approved instructor list is available in Performing Arts.
four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result                            3
                                                                                                    First year Music Theory and Sight Singing/Ear Training requires con-
in an associate degree. Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate                                  current enrollment in Group Piano. Students who wish to strengthen
degree in music may transfer to any four-year institution. These                                    their music background may also want to register for MUS101, Music
institutions may require different courses within the various areas of                              Fundamentals.
General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring                               4
                                                                                                    One year of Group Piano (or proficiency) is required prior to taking
to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with                                 Keyboard Harmony classes in the second year.
the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic                                   5
                                                                                                     Fewer General Education classes are required for the Bachelor of
Advising and Transfer Center.                                                                       Music (B.MUS or BM) degree than for other baccalaureate degrees.
                                                                                                    Students should consult an advisor to determine which General Edu-
First Quarter                                                                     Cr                cation courses are required for transfer to their selected school.
MUP101-146    Band, Choir, or Orchestra1 ................................... 1-2                  6
                                                                                                     Second year Music Theory requires concurrent enrollment in Key-
MUP171-192    Applied Individual Lessons2 ................................... 1                     board Harmony or Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training.
MUS111        Music Theory I3 .................................................... 3              7
                                                                                                    Two years of Music History are required for a baccalaureate degree.
MUS114        Sight Singing/Ear Training3 .................................... 1                    The second year of Music History is taken at the junior level.
MUS131        Group Piano4 ........................................................ 2
              General Education classes5
                                                                                              Transfer Schools’ Web Links
                                                                                              Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/music/
Second Quarter
MUP101-146    Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2              Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ugradfinearts.phtml
MUP171-192    Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1              University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~music
MUS112        Music Theory II ..................................................... 3         Central Washington University - http://www.cwu.edu/music
MUS115        Sight Singing/Ear Training ..................................... 1
MUS 132       Group Piano .......................................................... 2        University of North Texas - http://www.unt.edu/pais/insert/umusic.
              General Education classes                                                       htm
                                                                                              University of Wisconsin Eau-Claire - http://www.uwec.edu/mus-the/
                                                                                              index.html
Third Quarter
MUP101-146    Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2
MUP171-192    Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1              Disclaimer
MUS113        Music Theory III.................................................... 3          This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
MUS116        Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1             intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for
MUS133        Group Piano .......................................................... 2        transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s respon-
              General Education classes                                                       sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific
                                                                                              admission requirements.




                                                                                         86
Outdoor Recreation                                                                             Fourth Quarter (Summer)
                                                                                               PE280A          Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3
Leadership and Tourism                                                                         Fifth Quarter (Fall)
                                                                                                                                                                                    3
Associate of Science
MHCC Faculty Advisor                                                                           F240            Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4
Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145 rubinsts@mhcc.edu                                  BA226           Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3
                                                                                               HT140           Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3
The Outdoor Recreation industry is a broad field with job opportuni-                            HT241           International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3
ties ranging in scope from guiding mountaineering trips in remote,                                             Humanities requirement ......................................... 3
distant ranges to teaching environmental education to school children,
working for state and federal land agencies or starting one’s own rec-                                                                                                            16
reation-based small business. Students who graduate with the skills                            Sixth Quarter (Winter)
needed to develop and manage outdoor-recreation-centered programs                              GS104           Physical Science - Physics ...................................... 4
and businesses will be able to fill a growing need locally, nationally,                         MTH243          Probability and Statistics I* ................................... 4
and internationally for well-trained professionals in this field.                               PE185RKI        Intermediate Rock Climbing.................................... 1
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                             PE280A          Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3
ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a                               WR123           English Composition: Research ................................ 3
student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Outdoor Recreation
                                                                                                                                                                                  15
pus. Once enrolled at OSU, students will choose from four specific                              Seventh Quarter (Spring)
options within the degree: Outdoor and Experiential education; Tour-                           ANTH103         Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3
ism and Commercial Recreation Management; Applications of Outdoor                              BA231           Information Technology in Business ........................ 4
Recreation to Special Populations; or International Ecotourism*
                                                                                               PE185ON         High Angle Rescue ................................................. 1
*Note: Some options are not yet officially being offered. Students                              PE233           Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ......... 2
must check with OSU- Cascades to confirm if their desired degree                                SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
option is currently available.)                                                                                Related elective .................................................... 1
Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer                                                                                                               14
to other four-year institutions that require different courses within
                                                                                                   * MTH243 has a prerequisite of MTH105 or MTH111 with a grade
the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested
                                                                                                     of ‘C” or better.
in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should
consult with the institution they plan on attending, the faculty advi-
sor, and the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.                                       Related Electives
First Quarter (Fall)                                                               Cr          Students must choose at least one other activity from the following
HT260        Hospitality Industry Marketing ............................... 3                  and are encouraged to take more.
PE185OA      Backpacking: Pacific Northwest Coast ...................... 1                      PE185KY      River Kayaking ...................................................... 1
PE185OB      Day Hiking ............................................................ 1         PE185OD      Introduction to Sea Kayaking ................................. 1
PE185RK      Beginning Rock Climbing ........................................ 1                PE185OJ      Mountaineering Fundamentals ................................ 1
PE285OL      Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3             PE185OK      Mountaineering Field Skills .................................... 1
WR121        English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3                     PE185OL      Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I ............................... 1
             Humanities requirement ......................................... 3                PE185OS      Progressive Fly Fishing, Level II ............................. 1
                                                                                               PE185OT      Snowboard and Ski: Backcountry Safety Skills .......... 1
                                                                                  15
Second Quarter (Winter)
HE253        Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................ 3                  MHCC Program Web Link:
PE185OF      Winter Camping ..................................................... 1            http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/
PE185OG      Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1                      hpe/outdoor_ed/outdoors/main.htm
PE285OH      Adventure Education ............................................. 2
SOC213       Race Relations in the United States......................... 3                    Transfer Schools’ Web Links
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                                                                                               Oregon State University-Corvallis - http://oregonstate.edu/ad-
                                                                                  13           missions/transfer/transfer Credits.html
Third Quarter (Spring)                                                                         Oregon State University-Cascades - http://www.osucascades.
FT235        Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3              edu/programs/OutdoorRec/outdoorrec.htm
GS106        Physical Science: Geology ...................................... 4                Central Oregon Community College - http://web.coc.edu/alish/
HPE295       Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3               academic.htm
PE282OL      Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership
                Field Skills ........................................................ 2
PE285ON      Outdoor Leadership ............................................... 2              Disclaimer
PS217        Introduction to Public Land Management:                                           This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
                The Politics of Recreation................................... 3                intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for
                                                                                               transfer will vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs respon-
                                                                                   17
                                                                                               sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific
                                                                                               admission requirements.




                                                                                          87
A Recognition of Completion, Outdoor Education, may be                                        Physical education is the study of sport, athletics, exercise and fitness.
awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses                         Historically, the major has prepared students to be teachers of Physical
are open to individuals interested in integrating outdoor education                           Education. The field has now broadened significantly to include op-
into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor                      portunities in health and nutrition, exercise science, sports medicine,
education techniques in their professions include; school counselors,                         sports psychology, wellness, and fitness management.
physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community                         The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the require-
organizers and group-home recreation coordinators.                                            ments of the Associates of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree and most
Applications for completion of the non-transcripted, institutional                            closely aligns with four-year programs at Oregon State University, Portland
award of attendance are available in the Health and Physical Educa-                           State University, University of Oregon, Western Oregon University, Eastern
tion Divison (PE155).                                                                         Oregon University and Southern Oregon University.
Please note that the following courses may not be offered each term                           Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university
(please refer to quarterly class schedules) and will be offered based                         after MHCC should consult with the institution of choice for advis-
on sufficient enrollment.                                                                      ing/admissions information and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and
                                                                                              Transfer Center.
Outdoor Education
                                                                                              NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree
Required Courses                                                                  Cr          must complete the second year of a language other than English
HE253         Wilderness Advanced First Aid (W) .......................... 3                  (201-203 or equivalent).
PE185OB       Day Hiking: Walking the Watershed (F) .................... 1
PE185OF       Winter Camping (W) ............................................... 1
PE185OG       Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel (W).................. 1                      First Quarter                                                                       Cr
PE185ON       High Angle Rescue (Sp) .......................................... 1             CH104           General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5
PE185RK       Beginning Rock Climbing (Su/F/W/Sp) ..................... 1                     MTH111          Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
PE185RKI      Intermediate Rock Climbing (W).............................. 1                  PE131           Introduction to Physical Education ......................... 3
PE233         Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods (W) ... 2                           WR121           English Composition .............................................. 3
PE282OL       Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership                                                                                                                         15
                 Field Skills (Sp) ................................................. 2        Second Quarter
PE285OH       Adventure Education (W) ....................................... 2
                                                                                              CH105           General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II ........... 5
PE285OL       Wilderness Survival (F/W/Sp).................................. 3
                                                                                              MTH112          Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4
PE285ON       Outdoor Leadership (Sp)......................................... 2
                                                                                              PSY201          General Psychology................................................ 3
PS217         Introduction to Public Land Management:
                                                                                              WR122           English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
                 The Politics of Recreation (Sp)............................ 3
WR121         English Composition: Nature Writing (F) ................. 3                                                                                                         15
WE280PEA      Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6                  Third Quarter
              Activity Electives* ................................................ 2          CH106           General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry III ......... 5
              Wilderness First Responder Certification Course (Su)                             HPE295          Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3
                                                                                              SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3
                                                                                              WR123           English Composition: Research ................................ 3
Activity Electives*
Select two credits from the following:                                                                                                                                            14
                                                                                              Fourth Quarter
PE185KY       River Kayaking (F/W/Sp) ........................................ 1
                                                                                              BI231           Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........................... 4
PE185OA       Backpacking (F) .................................................... 1
                                                                                              CIS120          Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
PE185OJ       Mountaineering Fundamentals (Sp) ......................... 1
PE185OK       Mountaineering Field Skills (Sp) ............................. 1                CIS120L         Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
PE185OL       Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I (F/W/Sp) ................. 1                   PSY237          Human Development .............................................. 4
PE185OT       Snowboard and Ski: Backcountry Safety Skills (W) .... 1                                         Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                                                                                                             1




                                                                                                                                                                                  15
                                                                                              Fifth Quarter

Physical Education/                                                                           BI232           Human Anatomy and Physiology II .......................... 4
                                                                                                              Social Science requirement .................................. 6
                                                                                                                                                 1




Exercise and Sport Science                                                                                    Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                                                                                                                             1



                                                                                                              Elective ............................................................. 3
Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer
                                                                                                                        1




MHCC Faculty Advisors                                                                                                                                                             16
Daryle Broadsword: 503-491-7350 - Room PE 153 broadswd@mhcc.                                  Sixth Quarter
edu                                                                                           BI233           Human Anatomy and Physiology III ........................ 4
Terry Folen: 503-491-6983 - Room PE 157        folent@mhcc.edu                                                Social Science requirement .................................. 3
                                                                                                                                                 1


Cindy Harnly: 503-491-7355 - Room PE 158      harnlyc@mhcc.edu
                                                                                                              Humanities requirement ...................................... 6
                                                                                                                                             1

Keith Maneval: 503-491-7140 - Room PE 161 manevalk@mhcc.edu
Rob Nielson: 503-491-7451 - Room PE 156     nielsonr@mhcc.edu                                                 Elective ............................................................. 3
                                                                                                                        1




Diane Peterson, 503-491-7351, Room PE160    petersod@mhcc.edu                                                                                                                     16
Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145 rubinsts@mhcc.edu                                     1
                                                                                                      Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-
Fred Schnell: 503-491-6984 - Room PE 159     schnellf@mhcc.edu                                        ments.




                                                                                         88
Transfer School’s Web Links                                                                     Fourth Quarter
Eastern Oregon State - http://www.redtail.eou.edu/sebp/home.                                    MTH254         Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4
html                                                                                            PH211          General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5
Oregon State University - http://www.orst.edu/hhp/exss/index.                                                  Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
html                                                                                                           Elective2 .............................................................. 3
Southern Oregon University - http://wwwsou.edu/cgi/deptcat.                                                                                                                         15
cgi?dept=HPE                                                                                    Fifth Quarter
University of Oregon - http://uoregon.edu/~ems                                                  MTH256         Differential Equations ............................................ 4
                                                                                                PH212          General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5
Disclaimer                                                                                                     Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
                                                                                                               Elective2 .............................................................. 3
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for                                                                                                                     15
transfer will vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs respon-                           Sixth Quarter
sibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific                           MTH255         Vector Calculus II .................................................. 4
admission requirements.                                                                         PH213          General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5
                                                                                                SP111          Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3
                                                                                                               Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3
Physics                                                                                                                                                                             15
Associate of Science
MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                    1
                                                                                                        Refer to Associate of Science requirements.
David Faust: 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2593                       faustd@mhcc.edu                      2
                                                                                                        Suggested electives include: PH109C, PH121-123, MTH243-
                                                                                                        244, MTH261.
Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe.
It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of                              Transfer Schools’ Web Links
cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time.
Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize                           Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/
models of complex phenomena.                                                                    Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                              Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/
ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a
                                                                                                Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer.
student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Physics at Eastern
                                                                                                shtml
Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State Univer-
sity, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However,                             University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/
students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer
to other institutions that require different courses within the various
                                                                                                Disclaimer
subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring
to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with                             This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or                             intending to major in Physics. Specific requirements for transfer will
the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.                                                 vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact
                                                                                                their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of
First Quarter                                                                       Cr          the transfer school.
CH221         General Chemistry I ............................................... 5
MTH251        Calculus I ............................................................. 4
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3
              Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
                                                                                                Political Science
                                                                                                Direct Transfer Curriculum
                                                                                   15
                                                                                                MHCC Faculty Advisor
Second Quarter
                                                                                                Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu
CH222         General Chemistry II ............................................. 5
MTH252        Calculus II ............................................................ 4        The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in an
              Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3                   associate degree. They transfer to most universities and colleges as
                                                                                   15           a social science distribution requirement or elective. As transfer poli-
Third Quarter                                                                                   cies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with the transfer
                                                                                                institution directly for specific information.
CH223         General Chemistry III ............................................ 5
CIS120        Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3               Each of the Political Science courses on this page is offered at least
CIS120L       Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1                 once a year at Mt. Hood Community College, and some are available
MTH253        Calculus III .......................................................... 4         in an Independent Study format.
WR123         English Composition: Research or                                                  So why study politics? Many students think political science is “dry”
                 WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3                    and “boring.” NOTHING could be further from the truth. Politics af-
                                                                                    16          fects the way you think, eat, dress, socialize, and work, so it may be
                                                                                                worth knowing about. Once you DO know about it you can begin to
                                                                                                1) understand what is going on around you, and 2) think for yourself.
                                                                                                Here’s what students say: “I feel more powerful now knowing what I
                                                                                                know”; “it changed my life”; “it was fun!”




                                                                                           89
                                                                                  Cr          and an MHCC advisor or the Academic Advising and Transfer Center.
PS200         Introduction to Political Science1 ........................... 3                These recommendations are meant to serve as a general guideline for
PS201         American Government1 .......................................... 3               students pursuing Pre-Law.
PS203         State and Local Government1 ................................. 3                 First Quarter                                                                      Cr
PS204         Introduction to Comparative Politics ....................... 3                  PS200        Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3
PS205         International Relations .......................................... 3            SP111        Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
PS209         Problems in American Politics ................................. 3               WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
PS215         Global Issues ........................................................ 3                     First-year language elective1 .................................. 5
PS217          Introduction to Public Land Management:
                                                                                                                                                                                14
                  The Politics of Recreation.................................. 3
                                                                                              Second Quarter
PS220         American Foreign Policy and World Order ................. 3
                                                                                              PHL202       Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3
PS225         Political Ideology: Ideas about Government ............. 3
                                                                                              PSY201       General Psychology................................................ 3
PS241         Political Terrorism ................................................. 3
                                                                                              WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3
PS242         The U.S. Intelligence System .................................. 3
                                                                                                           First-year language elective1 .................................. 5
PS297         Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3
PS298         Political Science Research ...................................... 1                                                                                               14
PS280         Cooperative Work Experience ..............................3-12                  Third Quarter
                                                                                              BI101        General Biology I .................................................. 4
                                                                                              PHL203       Elementary Logic................................................... 3
Courses offered in an Independent Study format:
1
                                                                                              WR123        English Composition: Research ................................ 3
NOTE: Students who are planning to major in Political Science upon                                         First-year language elective1 .................................. 5
transfer and want to obtain an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer                                                                                                                15
degree are referred to the curriculum guide presented on the Pre-Law                          Fourth Quarter
transfer page. It is suggested that the following courses be taken as                         CIS120       Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3
electives within that curriculum:
                                                                                              CIS120L      Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1
PS200         Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3                EC201        Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3
PS201         American Government ............................................ 3              GS105        Physical Science - Chemistry .................................. 4
PS209         Problems in American Politics ................................. 3                            Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3
PS205         International Relations .......................................... 3                         Elective3 .............................................................. 3
PS204         Comparative Politics .............................................. 3                                                                                              17
PS225         Political Ideologies ............................................... 3          Fifth Quarter
                                                                                              MTH111       Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
Students are highly encouraged to consult the MHCC Advisor and/or                                          Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3
the Office of Academic Advising and Transfer Center for academic                                            Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3
planning.                                                                                                  Science/mathematics elective1 .............................. 3
                                                                                                                                                                                13
Transfer Schools’ Web Links                                                                   Sixth Quarter
Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/                                               GS106        Physical Science - Geology ..................................... 4
University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/                                            HST203       US History 1910 - Present....................................... 3
                                                                                              SP114        Argument and Critical Discourse ............................. 3
Disclaimer                                                                                                 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students in-                                     Electives3 ......................................................... 4-6
tending to major in Political Science. Specific requirements for transfer                                                                                                    17-19
will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
contact his/her four-year transfer school for specific requirements.                               1
                                                                                                     Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree require-
                                                                                                    ments.
                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                     Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree
Pre-Law                                                                                             must complete the second year of a language other than
                                                                                                    English (201-203 or equivalent) Language requirements may
Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer                                                                 be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR201-203,
MHCC Advisor                                                                                        GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203.
Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbellj@mhcc.edu                                    3
                                                                                                     Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include:
                                                                                                    BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104-106,
This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American                                  ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214,
Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The re-                                    ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201,
quired skills include language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal                              PS203, PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221. Other courses meeting
arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulfills the                               AAOT degree requirements may be substituted.
degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer degree
which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon University System
                                                                                              Transfer Schools’ Web Links
schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree
may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses                        University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/
within the various subject areas of General Education. Students
interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after
MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending,



                                                                                         90
Disclaimer                                                                                     Fourth Quarter
This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students                             BI211           Biology I .............................................................. 5
intending to study Pre-Law. Specific requirements for transfer will                             CH241           Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5
vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to                              SP111           Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3
contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission                                            Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                                     16
                                                                                               Fifth Quarter

Pre-Professional (Medicine,                                                                    BI212
                                                                                               CH242
                                                                                                               Biology II ............................................................. 5
                                                                                                               Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5

Dentistry, Pharmacy,                                                                                           Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1
                                                                                                               Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
Veterinary Medicine)                                                                           Sixth Quarter
                                                                                                                                                                                    14
Associate of Science
                                                                                               BI213           Biology III ........................................................... 5
MHCC Faculty Advisors
Pre-Medicine:                                                                                  CH243           Organic Chemistry II2 .......................................... 5
Susan Landesman: 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589 landesms@mhcc.edu                                                 Health & Physical Education requirement1 .............. 3
Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room C 2595      mitchell@mhcc.edu                                                Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3
                                                                                                                                                                                     16
Pre-Veterinarian:
Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595                   mitchell@mhcc.edu                      1
                                                                                                       Refer to Associate of Science requirements (see pages 7-9).
Pre-Pharmacy:                                                                                      2
                                                                                                        This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry
Dr. Joyce Sherpa: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565                sherpaj@mhcc.edu                          requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable
                                                                                                       score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a CÓ or
Pre-Dental:                                                                                            better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits
Dr. Jeff Brunner 503-491-6915 - Room AC 2731 brunnerjh@yahoo.com                                       of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools.
Many students plan to seek admission to health-related professional
schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as medicine,                         Related MHCC Program Web Links
dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division of Science                           http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/
provides a complete array of courses that are required by professional                         transfers/other.htm
schools for admittance.
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                             Transfer Schools’ Web Links
ments for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a                               Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/biod-
student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/in the Biological Sciences                         ept.htm
at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Health Sciences University,                               Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/academic/
Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon
University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC                               Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html
seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions                         Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www.
that require different courses within the various subject areas of                             pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml
General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year
college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution                           Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml
they will be attending, the faculty advisors, and/or the MHCC Academic                         University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/
Advising and Transfer Center.
First Quarter                                                                      Cr          Disclaimer
CH221        General Chemistry I ............................................... 5             This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students in-
MTH251       Calculus I ............................................................. 4        tending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation.
PH201        General Physics I ................................................... 5           Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is
WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3              the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school
                                                                                               to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.
                                                                                   17
Second Quarter

                                                                                               Psychology
CH222        General Chemistry II .............................................. 5
MTH252       Calculus II ............................................................ 4
PH202        General Physics II ................................................. 5            Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    MHCC Faculty Advisors
                                                                                   17          Nicole Bragg: 503-491-7291 - Room AC 2680   braggn@mhcc.edu
Third Quarter                                                                                  Stephanie Cram: 503-491-7626 - Room AC 2678 crams@mhcc.edu
CH223        General Chemistry III ............................................ 5              Nancy Olson: 503-491-7426 - Room AC 2681    olsonn@mhcc.edu
PH203        General Physics III ................................................ 5            Larry Wise: 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673      wisel@mhcc.edu
WR123        English Composition: Research ................................ 3                  The discipline of psychology encompasses the understanding of
             Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3                  individual human behavior in the context of our social, cultural and
                                                                                   16          physical environment. Psychology is inherently interdisciplinary as it
                                                                                               adheres to the scientific method in its approach and explores funda-
                                                                                               mental questions concerning human motivation and values.



                                                                                          91
The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-                                  4
                                                                                                       Suggested courses to fulfill social science elective require-
ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC                                       ments include: ANTH101-103, PS 200 or any PS course that
and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in                                     fulfills AAOT requirements, SOC204-206.
Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Tech-                                  5
                                                                                                       Suggested course sequence to fulfill lab science requirements
nology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern                                  is BI101-103.
Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University.                               6
                                                                                                      Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include:
However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also                                   ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT re-
transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different                              quirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237, PSY239
courses within the various areas of General Education requirements.                                   or SOC204-206.
Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university
after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attend-                             Transfer Schools’ Web Links
ing, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and
Transfer Center.                                                                                Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/
                                                                                                Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index.
First Quarter                                                                       Cr          html?method=psy
PSY201        General Psychology................................................ 3
WR121         English Composition .............................................. 3              Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychology/
              Computer Literacy requirement ............................. 1
                                                        1                                       Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/
              First-year Language elective ................................. 5
                                                    2
                                                                                                Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml
              Humanities requirement ....................................... 3
                                              3
                                                                                                University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/
                                                                                   15           Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/
Second Quarter                                                                                  psych/
MTH111        Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4
PSY202        General Psychology................................................ 3
WR122         English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                    Disclaimer
              First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5                 This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
                                                                                                intending to major in psychology. Specific requirements for transfer
                                                                                   15           will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
Third Quarter                                                                                   contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
PSY203        General Psychology................................................ 3              requirements.
WR123         English Composition: Research ................................ 3
              First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5
              Oral Communication and Rhetoric requirement1 ....... 3
              Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3                 Sociology
                                                                                    17          Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
Fourth Quarter                                                                                  MHCC Faculty Advisor
                                                                                                Dr. Naomi Abrahams, 503-491-7604, Room AC 2676
MTH243        Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4
                                                                                                abrahamn@mhcc.edu
              Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3
              Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4                 The sociology transfer curriculum is designed to closely follow the
              Elective6 .............................................................. 3        lower division general education requirements for sociology majors at
                                                                                   14           many universities and colleges in Oregon. Sociology majors develop a
Fifth Quarter                                                                                   strong understanding of the social structures that create, maintain,
MTH244        Statistics II .......................................................... 4        and transform societies. A bachelorÕs degree in sociology provides
                                                                                                excellent liberal arts foundation for embarking on a wide range of
              Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3
                                                                                                career paths.
              Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4
              Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3                 The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the require-
                                                                                   14           ments for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and
Sixth Quarter                                                                                   prepare a student to obtain a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Sociology
              Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3                         at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State
                                                                                                University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon, Western
              Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3
                                                                                                Oregon University, Lewis & Clark College, Reed College and University
              Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4                 of Portland. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate
              Electives6 ............................................................ 6         degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions
                                                                                    16          may require different courses within the various areas of General
                                                                                                Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college
    1
       Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree require-                               or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will
      ments for course options.                                                                 be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising
                                                                                                and Transfer Center.
    2
       First year language electives may be satisfied with the follow-
      ing course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, and
      SPAN101-103.
    3
       Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include:
      PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 or FR201-203,
      GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer
      students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete
      the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or
      equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school.



                                                                                           92
First Quarter                                                                     Cr          Transfer Schools’ Web Links
SOC204       General Sociology.................................................. 3            Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ekdahl/an-
WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3             thro_soc.html
             Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1                   Lewis & Clark College - http://www.lclark.edu/COLLEGE/DEPAR/
             First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5                SOAN
             Mathematics requirement1 ..................................... 4
                                                                                              Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/sociology/
                                                                                  16
Second Quarter                                                                                Portland State University - http://www.clas.pdx.edu/sociology/
ANTH103      Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3                     Reed College - http://academic.reed.edu/sociology
SOC205       General Sociology.................................................. 3            Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/socioanthro.
WR122        English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                   shtml
             First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5
                                                                                              University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~sociology/
             Oral Communication requirement4 .......................... 3
                                                                                  17          University of Portland - http://www.uofport.edu
Third Quarter                                                                                 Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/soci-
PHL201       Introduction to Philosophy .................................... 3                ologydept.htm
WR123        English Composition: Research ................................ 3
             First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5
                                                                                              Disclaimer
             Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1
             Electives1 ........................................................... 3         This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
                                                                                              intending to major in sociology. Specific requirements for transfer
                                                                                  15          will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
Fourth Quarter                                                                                contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
HST201       U. S. History - Pre-Colonial - 1830........................... 3                 requirements.
             Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3
             Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4
             Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3
             Electives1 ............................................................ 3
                                                                                              Theater Arts
                                                                                              Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer
                                                                                  16
                                                                                              Rick Zimmer: 503-491-7157 - Room AC 2135               zimmerr@mhcc.edu
Fifth Quarter
                                                                                              Daryl Harrison-Carson: 503-491-7159                    harrisod@mhcc.edu
HST202       U. S. History 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3
MTH243       Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4              “The play’s the thing....,” Shakespeare said, and ever since people
             Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1                       have been fascinated with the world of theater. This curriculum is
             Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3                recommended for students interested in studying theater arts at MHCC,
             Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4                earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree, and transfer-
                                                                                  15          ring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s
                                                                                              dgree in theater.
Sixth Quarter
             Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1                       Students in Theater Arts participate in quarterly productions and
             Humanities requirement6 ....................................... 3                study a comprehensive program of courses that include acting and
             Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4                technical aspects of theatrical productions. After completing the
             Political Science elective8 ..................................... 3              Oregon Transfer degree at MHCC, they are prepared to transfer to a
             Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3            four-year college or university and pursue a baccalaureate degree
                                                                                              in Theater. Students planning to transfer and complete a bachelor’s
                                                                                  14          degree after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be
                                                                                              attending, their faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising
   1
      Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements                          and Transfer Center.
     for course options.                                                                      Students interested in pursuing a two-year Associate of General
   2
     First year language electives may be satisfied with the follow-                           Studies degree at MHCC, should consult the Special Studies programs
     ing course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, and                              in Acting/Directing and Technical Theater found on pages ____ of
     SPAN101-103.                                                                             this catalog.
   3
     Suggested courses to fulfill health and physical education require-
     ments include: HE202, HE206-208, PE185.                                                  First Quarter                                                                 Cr
   4
      Suggested course to fulfill oral communication requirement is                            TA106        Introduction to Theater I ....................................... 3
     SP115                                                                                    TA111        Theater Technology I and TA114 Technical
   5
      Suggested courses include: SOC206, 213, 215, 216, 232                                                   Theater Workshop - First Year
   6
      Suggested courses to fulfill humanities elective requirements                                            or TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ....................... 3-4
     include: ART115, 201, 211, ENG104-107, 212, 214, 222, HUM110,                            TA153D       Theater Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year
     MUS101or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE:                                           or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ............................. 2-3
     Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must                          WR121        English Composition .............................................. 3
     complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203                                    Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3
     or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school.                                          Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1
   7
      Suggested courses to fulfill lab science elective requirements                                                                                                   15-17
     include: BI101-103, 132, CH104-106, 170, FW251, 254, G201,
     GS104-106
   8
      Suggested courses include: PS105, 200, 201, 203-205, 241



                                                                                         93
Second Quarter                                                                                                           Related MHCC Program Web Links:
TA107      Introduction to Theater II...................................... 3                                            MHCC Theatre Arts Department
TA112      Theater Technology II and TA114 Technical                                                                     http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/hu-
              Theater Workshop - First Year                                                                              manities/perf_vis_arts/theatre/index.html
              or TA142 Acting Fundamentals II ..................... 3-4
TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year
              or TA121 Costuming ........................................ 1-3                                            Transfer Schools’ Web Links:
WR122      English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3                                                Portland State University - http://www.theaterarts.pdx.edu/
           Mathematics requirement1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                                                         Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/creativearts/
                                                                                                     14-17               theater_dance/theatre_dance.htm
Third Quarter
TA101      Appreciating Theater ............................................. 3                                          Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/theatre_arts.
TA113      Theater Technology III and TA114 Technical                                                                    shtml
              Theater Workshop - First Year                                                                              University of Oregon - http://theatre.uoregon.edu/
              or TA143 Acting Fundamentals III .................... 3-4                                                  Eastern Oregon University - http://www3.eou.edu/theatre/
TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year
              or TA199A/B/C Special Studies in Theater.......... 1-3
WR123      English Composition: Research                                                                                 Disclaimer
           Computer Literacy requirement1,2 ........................... 1                                                This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students
           Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 1                                                      intending to major in sociology. Specific requirements for transfer
           Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3                                                        will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to
                                                                                                                         contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission
                                                                                                     15-18
                                                                                                                         requirements.
Fourth Quarter
TA148      Movement for the Actor
              or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ............................. 2-3
TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year
              or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater
              Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3
SP262      Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3
           Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5
           Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3
                                                                                                     13-17
Fifth Quarter
TA241      Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles
              or TA213 Stage Lighting Design........................... 3
TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year
              or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater
              Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3
           Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5
           Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6
                                                                                                     14-17
Sixth Quarter
TA144      Improvisation
             or TA211 Scene Design ....................................... 3
TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year
             or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater
             Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3
           Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1
           Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5
           Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6
                                                                                                     15-18
      1
        Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) require-
        ments.
      2
        CIS120 and CIS120L are recommended to fulfill the Science/
        Math/Computer Science and the Computer Literacy require-
        ments.




                                                                                                                    94
                     Understanding Course Requirements
Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success. The
college offers courses for students who need additional academic
preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are
                                                                          Proficiency Levels
                                                                          Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined by
proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic   taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing
skills before they can enroll in most college courses.                    previous college course work. There are two proficiency levels:
                                                                          Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each
Proficiency is defined as course placement above:                           course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.
  RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills
  WR90 Basic Writing Skills                                               Proficiency Needed
                                                                            All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet
   MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra                                 the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through
Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math               the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only
prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet            if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students
the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement.                       enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected
                                                                            to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to
                                                                            enroll in the specified course.

Reading, Writing, and Math                                                Proficiency Required
Proficiencies                                                                All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be
                                                                            required to take the CPT and place above RD90, WR90 and MTH20
Reading Proficiency                                                          or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work
  A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to           regardless of the number of credit hours taken.
  read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas
  and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty
  when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract,
  or vocabulary is difficult.                                              Other Helpful Course
Writing Proficiency
                                                                          Description Terms
  A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate          Proficiency:
  ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic. The       Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.
  writing will be free of distracting technical errors. The student may   Prerequisite:
  have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions.          A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking
  They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph            the course.
  essays or lab reports.
                                                                          Co-Requisite:
Math Proficiency                                                             A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed
  A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand             beforehand or taken in combination with the course.
  and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and        Concurrent:
  percentages. Note: A student who places beyond a specific course           A course that must be taken in combination with another course.
  may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.
                                                                          Recommended/Suggested Requisite:
                                                                            Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement
                                                                            in order to be better prepared for the course.
                                                                                 Course Descriptions
AC38 Intermediate Accounting I                                                   AH12 Medical Vocabulary
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F                                                 Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned          The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and suf-
in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more in-depth un-               fixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able
derstanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will             to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly
enable students to determine whether information has been properly               used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed:
recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop                Reading.
solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recog-
nizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements,            AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures
students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and              Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F
assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics        The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures com-
in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This         monly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are
course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them             examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional
to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students                Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Limited
will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the             to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite: Current Standard
efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course             First Aid: Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in
is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses          AH140L is required.
required in four-year accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212
and concurrent enrollment in AC39. Proficiency Needed: Reading,
Writing, Math.                                                                   AHX20 Central Service Technician
                                                                                 Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp
                                                                                 This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in
AC39 Intermediate Accounting II
                                                                                 entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing departments
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
                                                                                 of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base
This course is designed to enable students to continue applying                  of practicing Central Service Technicians. This course is designed to
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered               prepare students for the National Certification Examination for Sterile
gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish           Processing and Distribution Technician. Prerequisite: MMR immuniza-
between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory,            tion required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high
fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue            school diploma or GED may be required for employment.
recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are
available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting
impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the           AM50 The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and
merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: BA212 and concurrent           Maintenance
enrollment in AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                   Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk)
                                                                                 This course introduces the student to a career in the automotive
AC110 General Accounting I                                                       service industry. Shop safety, waste handling, use of service manuals
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                            and techniques of precision measurement will be taught. Students will
                                                                                 also learn the different shop tools, equipment, fasteners, gaskets and
This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used
                                                                                 sealants used today. Vehicle services and new car pre-delivery will also
by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student
                                                                                 be covered using modern equipment and vehicles.
with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are re-
corded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements.
The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be            AM51 General Brakes/Light Repair and Maintenance
emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course
assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency                 Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course teaches the funda-
Needed: Reading, Math.                                                           mentals of braking systems as applied to the automotive industry
                                                                                 today. Instruction will be given in theory of the modern brake systems.
                                                                                 Students will be taught with a hands-on approach in the automotive
AC120 Accounting for Professional Services
                                                                                 shop using state-of-the-art braking systems equipment. Emphasis will
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W
                                                                                 be placed on application of processes using industry standards and
An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use                 equipment. Prerequisite: AM50.
in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of
accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special
emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll         AM52 Exhaust System Fabrication/Light Repair and
procedures and required payroll forms. This course assumes no previ-             Maintenance
ous accounting courses or experience. Designed for a true novice to              Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk)
accounting theory. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                    This course will cover the welding of ferrous metals using the reactive
                                                                                 gas and wire feed welding process. Instruction will be given in tub-
AH11 Survey of Body Systems                                                      ing bending, fabrication, installation and supporting of the exhaust
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                 system. Discussion will include the components used in the automotive
                                                                                 exhaust system and the tools used to perform a complete automotive
This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology.
                                                                                 exhaust system overhaul.
Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function
of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that
parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course
and for those who have no background in human biology. Proficiency
Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  97                                             Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
AM53 Steering and Suspension/Light Repair and                                    AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - DaimlerChrysler CAP,
Maintenance                                                                      IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk)                                             Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
This is a course designed to provide a foundation in theory and hands-           Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of
on experiences in the operation, service, and repair procedures of               precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets
the modern suspension and steering systems used in the automotive                and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.
industry today. Students will be taught with state-of-the-art modern
equipment and vehicles. Prerequisite: AM50, The Automotive Indus-                AM127 Small Gas Engines
try/Light Repair and Maintenance.                                                Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
                                                                                 A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and
AM54 Basic Electrical/Light Repair and Maintenance                               operating principles of small gas engines.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk)                                             AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I- DaimlerChrysler
This course teaches the fundamentals of electricity as applied to the            CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
automotive industry. Students will be taught, with hands-on approach             Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
by building and troubleshooting electrical circuits on electrical train-         A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and
ing equipment and/or live vehicles. Emphasis will be placed on the               diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex
application of general theories of electricity. Prerequisite: AM50, The          circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will
Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance.                                also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of
                                                                                 semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will
   AM100 – AM280, are limited to students in the Automotive Daim-                be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and
        lerChrysler CAP, Honda PACT, and IMPORT Programs.                        Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM100 Automotive Skill Building - DaimlerChryler CAP,                            AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - DaimlerChrysler
IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                           CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk)                                                         Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational         A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic
automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automo-        procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control
tive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such           systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis
as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and         will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes
nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.                   as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory -                                        AM136 Brake Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP,
DaimerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                       IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                              Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working                 Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the
principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combus-             modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking
tion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included.            systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concur-
Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.                                      rent enrollment in AM137 is required.

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - DaimlerChrysler                           AM137 Brake Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT,
CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                      and Honda PACT
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                  Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine per-            Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive
formance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder            disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on
and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.                 late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enroll-
                                                                                 ment in AM136 is required.
AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP,
IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                           AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - DaimlerChrysler
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                              CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and                 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with
components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and                 the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions,
accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical              transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enroll-
systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment               ment in AM153 is required.
in AM119 is required.
                                                                                 AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - DaimlerChrysler
AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP,                              CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                           Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                  Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of opera-
Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems,            tion, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically oper-
ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer               ated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field.
controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered.               Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.
Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.




                                                                                                                      See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                         98                                      ciency and other course requirements.
AM156 Power Train Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT,                         AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab - DaimlerChrysler
and Honda PACT                                                                  CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                             Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the              Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automo-
power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles,             tive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late
drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials          model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment
and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157                 in AM253 is required.
is required.
                                                                                AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory -
AM157 Power Train Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT,                            DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
and Honda PACT                                                                  Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                                 Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of
A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train        the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late
components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles,            model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment
drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel        in AM257 is required.
drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted
throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.             AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab -
                                                                                DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - DaimlerChrysler                             Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                     Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                             repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on
A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems           late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enroll-
related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission             ment in AM256 is required.
systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in
AM217 is required.                                                              AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II -
                                                                                DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - DaimlerChrysler CAP,                           Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                          A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic
Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                                 procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control
A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of            systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis
fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and           will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and
testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are            diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diag-
covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.                            nostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment
                                                                                in AM259 is required.
AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - DaimlerChrysler
CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                     AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - DaimlerChrysler
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                             CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine            Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate         A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic
to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel          procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer
injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze             control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model
and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine         import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnos-
performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.                        ing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in
                                                                                AM258 is required.
AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - DaimlerChrysler CAP,
IMPORT, and Honda PACT                                                          AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience -
Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine,                Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices.                The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in
Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system                an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a
with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the             program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with
operation of all components directly related to engine performance.             his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.
Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.
                                                                                AMF100 – AMF280 are limited to students in the Automotive Ford Asset
AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - DaimlerChrysler                                                       Program.
CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                             AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset
Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the           Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk)
modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late              This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational
model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment             automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automo-
in AM254 is required.                                                           tive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such
                                                                                as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and
                                                                                nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.




The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                 99                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset                             AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working                  A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydrauli-
principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combus-              cally operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid
tion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included.             couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required.
Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.                                      AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset
                                                                                  Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset                                Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation,
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                   troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated
Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine per-             transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concur-
formance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder             rent enrollment in AMF152 is required.
and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.
                                                                                  AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset
AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset                                     Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                               A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the
A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly             power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles,
used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile.           drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials
Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components             and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157
also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.                is required.

AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset                                        AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset
Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                    Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems,             A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train
ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer                components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles,
controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered.                drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel
Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required.                                      drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted
                                                                                  throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.
AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset
Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                       AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset
Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets               A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems
and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.                        related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission
                                                                                  systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and
AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Asset                               light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and                AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset
diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex                  Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will             A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of
also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of            fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and
semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will              testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are
be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and               covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.
Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.
                                                                                  AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset
AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset                                  Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                                   Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine
A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic               computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate
procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control              to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel
systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the         injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze
use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic            and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine
tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.                               performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.

AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset                                          AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                               Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the             Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, en-
modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking                  gine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced
systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment           methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis
in AMF137 is required.                                                            on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all
                                                                                  components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enroll-
AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset                                             ment in AMF251 is required.
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automo-            AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset
tive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems              Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in                Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the
AMF136 is required.                                                               modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late
                                                                                  model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is
                                                                                  required.

                                                                                                                       See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                         100                                      ciency and other course requirements.
AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset                                   learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                                   of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, economy, and
Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive         technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences.
suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford            Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.
                                                                                  ANTH180 Language and Culture
AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset                           Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F                                               How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired
Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of                by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of
the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late               the world? How is our language different from that of other animals?
model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is              How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is
required.                                                                         ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these
                                                                                  provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines
                                                                                  of descriptive, historical, and ethno linguistics. Proficiency Needed:
AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset                              Reading, Writing.
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F
Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and
repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting                ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field
systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment           Archaeology
in AMF256 is required.                                                            Credits 4,4,4, (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp
                                                                                  This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American
                                                                                  archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field
AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford Asset
                                                                                  archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs
Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
                                                                                  and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic
procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control
systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on             ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology
understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics,              Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equip-                 How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction
ment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259               to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central
is required.                                                                      to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will in-
                                                                                  vestigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to
                                                                                  Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient
AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset
                                                                                  Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency Needed: Read-
Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
                                                                                  ing, Writing.
A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic
procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control
systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on             ANTH231 Indian Cultures/Pacific Northwest
diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enroll-              Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F (alternate years)
ment in AMF258 is required.                                                       This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest
                                                                                  from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical
                                                                                  accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency
AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience-Asset
                                                                                  Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in
a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement              ANTH232 North American Indians
with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s             Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp
work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission               This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduc-
is required.                                                                      tion to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of
                                                                                  Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S.
                                                                                  relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized.
ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology
                                                                                  Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be
introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply            ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation
to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution                Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human                 How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient
biological variation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                        artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on
                                                                                  experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archae-
                                                                                  ologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proficiency Needed:
ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World
                                                                                  Reading, Writing.
Prehistory
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics           ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional
include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview            Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the earliest civiliza-            This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational
tion. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                        principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is
                                                                                  built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of
                                                                                  processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in
ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology                                     final works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Sequential.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
                                                                                  Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students


The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  101                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory                                             Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                      - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism,
This class explores color theory and its applications in designing               Modern. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and
organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the              ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts
complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity              Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)
to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in                  This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with
designing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed:               emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approximately
Reading, Writing.                                                                half the course in any given term will involve field trips to museums,
                                                                                 galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s
ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional                                           material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp                                      openings, periodicals, research, libraries, schools, vocations, and
This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of three-            trends. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed:
dimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of            Reading, Writing.
three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space
and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of             ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout
sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual             Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W
and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions          In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and
will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations.         a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combin-
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                             ing type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover
                                                                                 five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure,
ART167 History of Graphic Design                                                 editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F                                                 the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn
A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention           how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and
of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of tech-          position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical
nology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising,             issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience
fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized.                      recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking                                              ART219 Calligraphy
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F                                         Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore the           This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understand-
very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints             ing and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may
in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed.           start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals.
Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking             Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety
an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.                   of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts
                                                                                 are developed in all alphabets.
ART197 Gallery Design and Management
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk)                                             ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I
The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the             Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F
operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum,             This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macin-
gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed              tosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visualization
in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work.             tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating
Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of                system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered.
artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current              Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-
gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed:             making tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use
Reading, Writing.                                                                drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type
                                                                                 and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical
                                                                                 issues will be covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
ART198 Independent Studies: Visual Arts
Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a         ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II
special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not         Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W
normally covered in an existing course. Maximum of three credits per             This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of
term to a total of nine credits. Enrollment requires a written project           Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to
proposal that must be approved by the instructor and dean before                 digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images.
registration. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                               Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work
                                                                                 with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be
                                                                                 placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool.
ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of                            Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes
Art                                                                              and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students
Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F                             will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images.
A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times.         Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite:
Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are          Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed:
studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for non-            Reading, Writing.
majors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0
- prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202
encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD - ancient Roman, Byzantine,



                                                                                                                       See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                        102                                       ciency and other course requirements.
ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III                                      ART236 Life Drawing III
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                         Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer              This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human
and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn                form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw
the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects                directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic
will cover such issues as the major model types, lighting and camera              form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual and media
placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments.                explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or
Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine                 expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in
art-making tool. Simple 3-D images or animations will be created using            ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discussed in
a variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as technical issues, will be         class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent
covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended.                 of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
                                                                                  ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I
ART231 Drawing I                                                                  Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                  This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers
This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the               character development and marketing for various types and formats
art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see per-            of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended.
ceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools,             Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and
form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through                  ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II
the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading,               Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W
Writing.                                                                          This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the use
                                                                                  of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, develop-
ART232 Drawing II                                                                 ment and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                  Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea gathering, refin-
Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis              ing of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the
on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger              major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also
variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of              covered. Prerequisite: ART240 is recommended. Proficiency Needed:
process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to                  Reading, Writing.
enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composi-
tion, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent              ART254 Ceramics I
of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                               Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
                                                                                  An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no
ART233 Drawing III                                                                previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                  to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create
Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio              both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning
of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In              with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and
addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students              continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be
will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety                developed through a study and application of the elements of design
of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to                by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing
articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a                various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student
body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency           work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                         will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses.
                                                                                  Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency
ART234 Life Drawing I                                                             Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will fol-            ART255 Ceramics II
low drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the               Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore                A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students
the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues               will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques,
in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Prerequisite: ART231 or               materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be
consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                       allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a
                                                                                  combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throw-
ART235 Life Drawing II                                                            ing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction
This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form and           methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will
anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Draw-           be on the implementation of design elements and their application
ing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure.           to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing
In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing           will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255
the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended studies will                 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of
investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explo-           instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential.
rations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234,             Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.




The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  103                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
ART256 Ceramics III                                                               ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp                                      Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic train-             This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing
ing in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected               design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop
to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of                  greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equip-
form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will            ment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process.
learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual               Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities
elements as they affect structure and form. Students will have the                and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metal-
opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as             smithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and
a business/profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The              processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of
student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze               competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences.
formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation         Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates
through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism.           to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications
ART254, ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite:                  will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the
ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly                jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for
recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                     pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency Needed:
                                                                                  Reading, Writing.
ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III
An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no                Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage               The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired
between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing           in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in proj-
and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design         ect selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith
awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound,              techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied
step-by-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills           design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This
and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to             experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to suc-
art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes              cessfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and
used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation               critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal
will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original           design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of
design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in              themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In ad-
the use of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses.              dition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                              trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession.
                                                                                  ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite:
ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I                                             ART258. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited              ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III
or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a                  Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/met-               The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she
alsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development            has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more
of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and              latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement
expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to                 specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements,
art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes              manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study
used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith.              of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies
ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proficiency                  in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued,
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                         thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical
                                                                                  as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering
ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II                                             a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practi-
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     cal guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and
This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles         ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency
in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn          Needed: Reading, Writing.
manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to
more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater               ART261 Photography I
insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of            Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental                  A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical
techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels              proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure
of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences.               control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and prac-
The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing              ticed through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on
and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions              design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as             Adjustable camera is necessary.
historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition,
students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades             ART262 Photography II
will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257,          Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency               An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                         beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting
                                                                                  and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a
                                                                                  photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white pho-



                                                                                                                      See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                         104                                     ciency and other course requirements.
tographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent               ART273 Printmaking III
of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                         Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
                                                                                  This class is the third in a three-course sequence of printmaking.
ART263 Field Photography                                                          Students will continue to practice relief, intaglio and monotype
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                         with the addition of an introduction to lithography. The emphasis in
An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography             the third level is to begin a personal exploration of imagery and to
through completion of student defined projects. Field trips provide                choose a conceptual area of interest (thematic) within the scope of
experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes                printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students in
camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographically. Prerequi-                 this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print materials
site: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,               and techniques and will use this time to declare a focus. Students will
Writing, Math.                                                                    build on their imagination, inventiveness, and craftsmanship of the
                                                                                  print. In addition, students will explore the history of the print as an
                                                                                  art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of instructor. Proficiency
ART264 Portrait Photography
                                                                                  Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp
Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to
small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality                ART279 Integrated Media Survey
and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presentation.              Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F
Covers basic black and white photographic processes and techniques;               Through the use of lecture and guest speakers, students will see
development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing photographically.               examples of how graphic design, photography, film and videography,
Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:                 and sound-based technologies converge, integrate and emerge. This
Reading, Writing, Math.                                                           survey course explores the relationship between words, images, sound,
                                                                                  motion, time and space in the context of interactive, integrated digital
                                                                                  media. It seeks to clarify the relationship of integrated technologies
ART265 Color Photography I
                                                                                  to human thought, perception and cultural change. Through applied
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
                                                                                  projects, students will gain an understanding of the production stream
Basic theory of three color negative color processes are explained and            of conceptualization, collaborative design processes, problem solving,
demonstrated. Fundamentals of color in composition, color printing                integrated media production and distribution. Limited to Graphic
technique and corrections processes, and color spotting are empha-                Design, Photography, Radio Production, and Television Production
sized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:          majors only.
Reading, Writing, Math.
                                                                                  ART281 Painting I
ART266 Color Slide Photography                                                    Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
                                                                                  The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and ma-
An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assign-               terials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their
ments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use, lenses,            mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic
aperture and shutter relationships and exposure. The properties of                compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject mat-
color balance, light, color slide films, and composition with color are            ter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application
covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency                of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group
Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                                   criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand the
                                                                                  students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and
ART271 Printmaking I                                                              contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended.
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The
emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct              ART282 Painting II
method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic                 Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief              This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of
printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the               the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials
Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addi-               of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding
tion, the student will have the opportunity to experience the more                of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the
painterly monotype, silkscreen, and drypoint, a non-acid method of                above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin
intaglio. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                    and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversi-
                                                                                  fied subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both
ART272 Printmaking II                                                             individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists
This class is the second in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The           within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART281.
emphasis in the second level is to further the practice of the objectives         ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking processes. In
this course, students will have the chance to further explore relief,             ART283 Painting III
monotype, silkscreen and intaglio methods. As in Printmaking I,                   Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
students will use both the direct and indirect method of imagery de-              This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives
velopment. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proficiency              of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                         easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the
                                                                                  fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative
                                                                                  painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group
                                                                                  criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand
                                                                                  the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical
                                                                                  and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Proficiency Needed:
                                                                                  Reading, Writing.
The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  105                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting                                                      ART292 Sculpture: II
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W                                           Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn to             An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction
transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to finished               to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their
sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to             application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to
complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic.              continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of
The purpose of this course is to gain a working knowledge of cast                  media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be em-
iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history through lecture material,             phasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations,
demonstrations of process, visual experience, physical practice, and               slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291
critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291 or equivalent experience.                or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
                                                                                   ART293 Sculpture III
ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic                                                          Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                      This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content.
This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest               Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture.
sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural              Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy
forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construc-            while sculpting in any medium including metal, wood and mixed media.
tion, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several               This course is also an introduction to metal casting, with instruction in
finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis              mold-making and casting techniques for bronze and aluminum. Studio
with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin develop-               work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures,
ing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical               field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292 or consent
demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions.              of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                          ART294 Watercolor I
                                                                                   Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting                                                     This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                        Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the
An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction to               technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as
working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform             composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles.
a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or                Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and abstract sub-
aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration through-            ject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly
out the process will be emphasized as students work on independent                 recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations,
slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292         ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting
or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                     Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
                                                                                   This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The
ART290 Sculpture: Welding                                                          course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                      and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form and vitality.
This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of            Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended.
welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not              Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation
for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction               ART296 Watercolor II
will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and           Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W
bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment                This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent
are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout           Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics
the process will be emphasized as students work on independent proj-               and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A
ects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide             variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Also,
lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or           ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed:
consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                        Reading, Writing.

ART291 Sculpture I                                                                 ART297 Watercolor III
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                      Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional                This advanced level watercolor class explores the creative potential
sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction              of water-based media. The course covers all of the materials and
are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and                  methods of ART294 and ART296, but extends the focus to include
content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing,              experimental uses of non-traditional watercolor materials and their
you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You            expressive potential. Aside from an extended personalized palette,
will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a               the student is expected to work independently under the direction of
view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is               the instructor who will encourage an individual direction in choices
supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips,            of subject matter, technique, and materials with the end result being
and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly               the creation of a body of mature work suitable for portfolio presenta-
recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                  tion. Prerequisite: ART294 and ART296. Also, ART231 and ART295 are
                                                                                   highly recommended.




                                                                                                                         See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                          106                                       ciency and other course requirements.
ASL101 First-year American Sign Language I                                        AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                          Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W
This course introduces communication techniques, cultural informa-                This course is designed as an introduction to the fundamentals of
tion about Deaf people and the ASL continuum. The course includes                 meteorology and the understanding and application of basic weather
the manual alphabet, numbers, vocabulary items, facial markers and                concepts to flight planning and in-flight operations. Emphasis is
some grammar, along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues              placed on maximizing aircraft performance and minimizing exposure
used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency            to weather hazards. Study will include atmospheric circulation patterns
Needed: Reading, Writing in English.                                              and resultant weather systems. Detailed analysis of weather reports
                                                                                  and forecasts will place emphasis on pilot flight planning and deci-
ASL102 First-year American Sign Language II                                       sion making with respect to flight operations. Proficiency Needed:
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                          Reading, Writing, Math.
This course continues the introduction to the conversational use of
American Sign Language, with additional vocabulary and linguistic                 AV110 Private Pilot
devices used by Deaf people, including appropriate sign choice, quanti-           Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
fiers, classifiers and gloss, directional verbs and verb tenses. Continues          Initial ground instruction in aeronautical skills and knowledge appli-
the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or consent of instructor.         cable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course involves an introduction
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.                                   to pilot training, human factors in aviation, and aviation opportunities,
                                                                                  with emphasis on flight planning and decision making, human factors,
ASL103 First-year American Sign Language III                                      and crew resource management. The student will obtain a basic working
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                               knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynamics,
This course concludes the introduction to American Sign Language,                 aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport operations, air
Deaf Culture and receptive-expressive communication as used by Deaf               traffic control and radar services, radio communications, basic flight
people, including technology. Additional classifiers, verb tenses, and             physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of weather
directional verbs will be taught. Introduces expressive signing of song           theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation weather
performances. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency           reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance, controlling
Needed: Reading, Writing in English.                                              aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, cross country flight planning
                                                                                  and VFT navigation, basic instrument flight, flight dispatching and
                                                                                  crew coordination, radio navigation systems, physiological factors
ASL201 Second-year American Sign Language I                                       involved in flight safety, dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents,
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F                                                  incidents, applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical
Continues the work of ASL103 by reviewing, expanding and perfect-                 decision making pertinent to Private Pilot flight operations. Proficiency
ing expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the              Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
purpose of active communication in American Sign Language. Includes
nonmanual behavior, ASL structure, fluency and story telling. Deepens
                                                                                  AV115 Careers in Aviation
student understanding of and appreciation for Deaf Culture. Prereq-
                                                                                  Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
uisite: ASL103 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading,
Writing in English.                                                               The course is designed to help students explore various career options
                                                                                  and prepare for a career in aviation. A variety of employment oppor-
                                                                                  tunities are investigated, including commercial, business, corporate,
ASL202 Second-year American Sign Language II                                      military and general aviation. Emphasis will be given to careers in
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W                                                  operations and flight technology.
This course provides a further expansion and perfection of expressive
and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active
                                                                                  AV150 Aerodynamics
communication in American Sign Language, with a special focus on
                                                                                  Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W
increasing sign clarity, fluency and nonmanual behavior. Continues
study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL201 or consent of instructor.             This course is an in-depth study of aerodynamics, beginning with a
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.                                   brief history of the development of flight and flight theory. The phys-
                                                                                  ics of lift, drag, weight, and thrust are related to airfoil and airplane
                                                                                  design and operational characteristics. Aircraft stability and control
ASL203 Second-year American Sign Language III                                     are related to airplane performance and safety. Proficiency Needed:
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                 Reading, Writing, Math.
Concludes the review, expansion and perfecting of expressive and
receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active
                                                                                  AV204 Aircraft Systems II
communication in American Sign Language at the intermediate level.
                                                                                  Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W
Studies ways in which signers construct meanings and messages in
ASL, grammatical variation and discourse strategies over a variety                This course entails a detailed study of aircraft systems and structures
of topics, with an emphasis on accuracy and fluency. Prerequisite:                 and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex single
ASL202 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-                and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft in current use by industry will be
ing in English.                                                                   studied with an emphasis placed on operations, including emergencies.
                                                                                  Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, including use of minimum
                                                                                  equipment lists, will be studied. Prerequisite: AV104. Proficiency
AV104 Aircraft Systems I                                                          Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
This course introduces the student to the training aircraft that will be
used in this program. Aircraft in current use by industry will be stud-
ied and emphasis placed on basic operations, including emergencies.
Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, including use of minimum
equipment lists, will be introduced. Proficiency Needed: Reading,
Writing, Math.



The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  107                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
AV208 Aviation Meteorology Application                                           AV240 Small Business in Aviation
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
This class includes detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts           An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the vari-
and application of weather information to VFR and IFR flight plan-                ous entrepreneurial opportunities in general aviation and the require-
ning and decision-making. Atmospheric circulation systems, airmass               ments for the formation of a business in general aviation. Emphasis is
characteristics, and large scale patterns are related to instrument and          placed on the development of the business concept, how to research
commercial flight operations. Weather hazards, including wind shear,              concept feasibility, legal structures, organization, management, finan-
turbulence, icing, and instrument meteorological conditions will be              cial requirements, marketing, decision process, goal setting, and the
discussed with emphasis on flight safety. Prerequisite: AV108 or instruc-         business plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
tor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
                                                                                 AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School
AV210 Instrument Pilot                                                           Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor
This course includes ground instruction of aeronautical skills and               applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight
knowledge applicable to the instrument pilot certification portion of             instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include
the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning          fundamentals of instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot
and decision making. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology,           and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum, creating objective
aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and equip-            evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in present-
ment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight                ing technical material in an interactive classroom setting. Students
procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, and basic radio              participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom
navigation. Study also includes environmental hazards, airspace and              discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. Proficiency Needed:
airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, obtaining            Reading, Writing, Math.
weather reports and forecasts for IFR flight, Federal Aviation Regula-
tions applicable to instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and ap-                                               ***
proach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Prerequisite:
AV110 and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading,
Writing, Math.
                                                                                 BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship
                                                                                 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
                                                                                 The course is designed for someone who wants to evaluate owning
AV220 Commercial Pilot                                                           and operating their own business. Students learn about opportunities
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F                                                 in small business as well as the risks and rewards to a business owner.
Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable               Important elements of developing and operating a small business are
to the commercial pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot           briefly reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills of a small
training syllabus. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology,             business owner are discussed. The course is practically-oriented. It
advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance, weight and balance,                 includes interaction with business owners as well as seeing and hear-
complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane systems, commercial               ing owners on video discuss what it’s like to have your own company
operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations for commercial pilots and           and important elements affecting your success or failure. Proficiency
commercial flight operations, with emphasis on human factors, crew re-            Needed: Reading, Writing.
source management and decision-making. Prerequisite: AV210 and FAA
Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
                                                                                 BA101 Introduction to Business
                                                                                 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
AV230 Multi-engine Pilot                                                         An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the vari-
Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W                                                 ous phases of business and the changing role of technology in business.
Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable               Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing, human
to the commercial and multi-engine pilot certification portion of the             resource management, business ethics, financial management, and the
Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning              ways that new technology impacts these areas. The purpose of the
and decision-making, human factors, and crew resource management.                course is to show the interrelationship between business disciplines
Includes multi-engine aircraft systems and operations, aerodynamics              and technology. Proficiency Needed. Reading.
of multi-engine aircraft, performance considerations, engine-out op-
erations, emergency operations, multi-engine instrument operations,
and high altitude operations. Prerequisite: AV220 and FAA Private Pilot
                                                                                 BA150 Developing a Small Business
                                                                                 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
license or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
                                                                                 The course is designed for students to learn important elements and
                                                                                 steps involved in starting a small business. Students learn how to
AV235 Human Factors in Aviation                                                  evaluate, test, and protect business ideas. They learn how to formulate
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                a mission statement and produce a cash flow projection to determine
An introduction to the field of human behavior and characteristics                cash needs. In addition, students learn about choosing a business legal
as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/machine            structure, building a company image, record keeping, financial state-
systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human factors,              ments, people decisions, selling, and insurance. Proficiency Needed:
including the study of human performance in complex systems with an              Reading, Writing, Math.
examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, communication
skills, leadership/followership, decision making, situational awareness,
analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, and practical application
                                                                                 BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing
of human factors and performance to modern aviation. Three hours                 Requirements
of simulator training is required to complete this course. Proficiency            Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W
Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                                  This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet
                                                                                 the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will learn
                                                                                 the basic payroll rules and regulations. In addition, students will pre-
                                                                                 pare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger


                                                                                                                      See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                        108                                      ciency and other course requirements.
accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax                area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area
forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth understanding of payroll                of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics
by completing a computerized payroll project for a 3-month cycle.                 covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities,
Prerequisite: BA211; and CIS90 or equivalent computer experience.                 stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement
Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                        analysis, international accounting and inter-company investments.
                                                                                  Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
BA200 Marketing Warfare
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                 BA213 Principles of Accounting III
This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of                 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers,            This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed
what they are really buying and why, and how to segment and target                to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some
customers. Students will also learn about the market, researching the             business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in
market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in                 any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of account-
marketing and exploring many specific and helpful advertising and                  ing information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial
promotional techniques for the small business owner. Proficiency                   accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior
Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                                   and analysis, profit planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and
                                                                                  capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using
BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations                                     an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp                                               electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing,
The course is designed for students to learn about employees and                  Math.
customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel
selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed.           BA215 Cost Accounting I
Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and communicating               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The              This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and
course also focuses upon the customer and the systems, methods, and               services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the
strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in             ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make pro-
order to reap resulting profit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing,               duction and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management
Math.                                                                             decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activity-
                                                                                  based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of
BA205 Business Communications                                                     instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp
This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a              BA220 Tax Accounting
business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efficient                Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting.             This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax
Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing, persuasive,         returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 2441,
good and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and                 and 4562. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns
organizational communication skills for working with individuals and              for Sub S Corporations, partnerships, and corporations. Students will
in groups as well as. Students will collaborate to research, write, and           review the state tax returns. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed:
present business reports. Email, word processing, spreadsheets, on-               Reading, Writing, Math.
line research, and presentation software will be used to enhance the
communication process. Prerequisite: CIS120L and WR121, or CIS120L                BA222 Finance
and WR101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                   Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp
                                                                                  An introductory study of financial management. The course covers
BA206 Management Fundamentals                                                     issues such as the sources of capital financial statement analysis, the
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                             time value of money, capital budgeting, working capital management,
This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are evolu-             financial structures and other factors that influence the financial deci-
tion and scope of management, planning, decision-making, organizing,              sions of management. Prerequisite: BA211 or consent of instructor.
leading, and controlling. Current relevant management issues such                 Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global economy will be
covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                BA223 Principles of Marketing
                                                                                  Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
BA211 Principles of Accounting I                                                  This course offers a general introduction to fundamental marketing
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                          principles and policies. Course units include: marketing functions; price
This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students              policies and controls; trade channels; merchandising; market research;
who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or                 competitive practices; government regulations; and integration of
transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business.              marketing with other activities of the business enterprise. Proficiency
This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business               Needed: Reading, Writing.
enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial state-
ment preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding,               BA224 Human Resources Management
interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed:              Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
Reading, Writing, Math.                                                           This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and
                                                                                  emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic,
BA212 Principles of Accounting II                                                 and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                          study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well
This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to            as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment.
serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business              Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.


The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                  109                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
BA226 Introduction to Business Law                                                BA250 Small Business Management
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                             Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts, contracts         This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and specific
and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business environment.           aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative thinking and
There will be particular emphasis on recent developments in business              leadership is discussed as well as planning and time-management.
law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will be placed on the                  Other aspects of business management studied are: record keeping and
student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law. In both class             controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, financing, and human
and homework assignments, students will be asked to think critically              resource management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
by: identifying legal issues in given situations; identifying the law
applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of the given situations           BA255 Supervisory Management
in light of the applicable law; expressing the most likely outcomes               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
of those situations; and explaining lessons the student learned from              Discusses common problems and issues of first line supervision. General
such assignments. This reasoning process will enable students to                  emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a challenging,
identify legal issues in the business environment and will facilitate             rewarding and productive work environment. Particular focus is on
the students’ learning about the legal process in general. Proficiency             selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees. Additional
Needed: Reading, Writing.                                                         topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, communication,
                                                                                  handling grievances and ineffective employees, group work and quality
BA228 Computer Accounting Applications                                            improvement. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software,                  BA264 eBusiness
including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good                 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and               This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerging
CIS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                 digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An in-
                                                                                  depth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as they
BA230 Business Plan - Operating/Financial                                         relate to the integration of the Internet into overall business strategy
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                 for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. BA223 is recom-
This course is designed in conjunction with BA223, Principles of Mar-             mended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
keting. The two courses together comprise a complete business plan
course. The BA230 course covers all of the business plan except the mar-          BA265 eManagement
keting portion. Students learn about what comprises and how to write              Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
a complete business plan, including the following sections: company               This course examines current and future management issues in elec-
description, management, operations plan, and financial statements                 tronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated. Revising
and projections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                       business processes for electronic business is explored and practiced.
                                                                                  Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure
BA231 Information Technology in Business                                          play” internet companies developing and using electronic business.
Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                               Prerequisite: BA264 or consent of instructor. CIS120 is recommended.
The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the          Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information systems
in the organization. This course describes how information systems                BA267 eBusiness Project Management
can be applied to business processes by supporting communications,                Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance.             This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line
The components and development of the appropriate personal, work-                 business. Working on project teams, students consult on projects for
group and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is             area businesses and service organizations drawing on previous course
required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information           knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have
and computer technology for communication and decision making.                    an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors. This is
Prerequisite: CIS120L or successful completion of CIS120L equivalency             a final course in the Business/eBusiness marketing and Management
test. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                                  program. Prerequisite: BA231 or web development coursework, and
                                                                                  BA264; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writ-
BA238 Sales                                                                       ing, Math.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Em-                 BA271 Financial Statement Analysis
phasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process,              Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and                This course is designed to enable students to interpret and analyze real
giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the               world financial reports of various manufacturing, retailing and service
sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales                firms from the perspective of investors, creditors, and prospective
concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.                                    employees. This analysis will be used to assess a company’s liquidity,
                                                                                  profitability and solvency in order to judge whether there is a viable
BA239 Advertising in Business                                                     basis for relationship. Students will also develop their ability to locate
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                                 comparable industry data, rating services and credit reporting services
Detailed examination of the purpose, preparation, placement and                   and apply this information in their evaluation of a company’s past
analysis of the various types of advertisements within each of the                performance and assessment of the company’s future risks and rewards.
media, such as television, radio and print. The relative merits of the            Prerequisite: BA212 and AC38; or consent of instructor. Proficiency
most popular media are examined. The course involves practice in the              Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
planning and analysis of complete advertising campaigns and their
coordination with other marketing strategies. Prerequisite: BA101 is
recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.


                                                                                                                       See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                         110                                      ciency and other course requirements.
BA285 Leadership and Human Relations                                               of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, foraging, defense,
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp                                                courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory provides oppor-
Leadership and Human Relations can best be described as a manage-                  tunities to conduct research on animal behavior. Proficiency Needed:
ment skills practicum. Students will examine the human side of the                 Reading, Writing, Math.
work environment. The focus will be on relationships with supervisors,
subordinates, and peers, and on the human relations skills necessary               BI145 Environmental Problems
for career success. The course’s basic premise is that individuals                 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
possessing solid people skills dramatically increase their chances of              A non-majors course designed to provide students with an introduc-
becoming successful managers, regardless of an organization’s type                 tion to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on the
or size. The course is organized as an integrated, comprehensive                   environment. Through lectures and discussions students will consider
learning model designed to change behavior. The main objective is to               major environmental issues facing modern society, both locally and
change behaviors, not simply to teach new ideas. Key topics include                globally. Students may not receive credit for BI145 if they have com-
assessment of management skills, self-awareness, stress management,                pleted GEOG290 prior to Fall 2004. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency
creative problem solving, communications, motivation, negotiations,                Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
conflict, empowerment, and team building. Proficiency Needed: Read-
ing, Writing.
                                                                                   BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III
                                                                                   Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F
BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I, II, III                                     A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major in
Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102                  biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, fish and game,
- Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp                                                           range management, wildlife and biology education. This class is
Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulfills the               designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on
college requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology             molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolution,
has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple           physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany, behavior
introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the                and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not to be taken out
study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function and         of sequence.: BI211 Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or CH221 or consent
cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, Mendelian genetics, molecular genetics,            of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population dynamics,
community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes. Not to be taken
                                                                                   BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I,
out of sequence, except by consent of instructor. This sequence is
designed for non-majors. Those students who are considering majors
                                                                                   II, III
                                                                                   Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W
in biology or pre-professional health occupations are advised to take
BI211, BI212, BI213. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                    This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student
                                                                                   planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing
                                                                                   (RN) or a related field of health care. The courses emphasize mastery
BI110 Introduction to Biomanufacturing                                             of the body’s structure and function as well as the application of
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp                                          this knowledge, as in case studies. BI231 covers cell structure and
An introduction to laboratory methods commonly used in biomanufac-                 function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal,
turing applications including mammalian cell/tissue culture, bacterial             muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers
cell culture/fermentation, transformation/transfection procedures,                 the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and
methods of cell counting and other microscopic procedures. Students                cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system,
will practice sterile technique, raise cells, isolate molecules, practice          urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system,
appropriate documentation techniques, and analyze and present ac-                  nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and
quired data. The course will explore the current state of biotechnology            reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence; a grade of C or better
and biomanufacturing in the United States and how it is impacted by                is considered passing. BI231 Prerequisite: BI101 or BI211 or equivalent,
the regulatory environment. Prerequisite: BI101. Proficiency Needed:                and MTH65 or higher (except MTH211-213), both with a grade of C or
Reading, Writing, Math.                                                            better within the last 7 years. Co-requisite: CH104 or CH151 or CH221
                                                                                   with a grade of C or better within the last 7 years. Proficiency Needed:
BI121, BI122 Essentials/Human Anatomy and Physiology                               Reading, Writing, Math.
I, II
Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/F/W                    BI234 Microbiology
A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for most               Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell structure             This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of
and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal,              microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is
muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine systems. BI122               placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi
covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary and          and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed by
reproductive (with development) systems. Must be taken in sequence.                discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorganisms.
Prerequisite: One year high school biology, BI101, or equivalent with              Application of the role which each of these topics plays in infection
a grade of C or better. AH11 and high school chemistry, CH104, or                  and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition of microbial
equivalent is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading,                    growth and the role of immunity and host defense mechanisms are
Writing, Math.                                                                     also discussed. The course concludes with discussions of transmissible
                                                                                   disease of concern to the health care provider. Laboratory techniques
BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior                                              for the study and identification of bacteria utilizing aseptic techniques
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W                                         are also presented. Prerequisite: BI101 or BI211 or equivalent; and
A general science course designed to provide students with an intro-               MTH65 or higher (except MTH211-213); and CH104 or CH151 or CH221;
duction to the field of animal behavior. The course takes a biological              all courses with a grade of C or better within the last 7 years or consent
perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate causes of               of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.
behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and neural basis


The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the
course is usually offered.                                                   111                                            Course Descriptions
NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.
BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology                                             BT101 Office Careers Survey
Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp                                     Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F
This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented              Exploration of all office career programs featuring speakers from various
in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that              segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, fall term,
cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms of                   before fall term classes begin.
pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology in
the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and integu-           BT103 Business Mathematics
mentary systems are provided. Additionally, host defense mechanisms               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
are examined in detail, with emphasis on inflammatory processes, types             This course provides the student with a mathematical background for
of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune complex disorders. The               general business, office work, and consumer knowledge. The student
companion laboratory serves to isolate and examine disease organ-                 will learn how to solve basic business mathematical problems, will
isms, investigate and conduct epidemiological studies, and challenge              learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated with
the student with case studies. Prerequisite: BI234. BI121 and BI122,              business mathematics. Prerequisite: Placement on the mathematics
or AH11 are also strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading,                placement exam at MTH60 or above. Proficiency Needed: Reading,
Writing, Math.                                                                    Writing, Math.

BI240 Pathology                                                                   BT110 Business Editing
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp                                               Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury              This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the
and repair, inflammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, can-                mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules;
cer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems.                  and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents.
Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who should              Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
take this course in sequence or only after admittance to the Dental
Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion of BI121, BI231
or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proficiency Needed: Reading,                BT111 Editing Techniques
Writing, Math.                                                                    Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp
                                                                                  Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality of work
                                                                                  in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and proofreading for
BINF290 Introduction to Bioinformatics
                                                                                  correctness are essential skills for effective written communications.
Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
                                                                                  This course provides students with practice and shortcuts to detecting
An introductory course for students interested in bioinformatics, the             types and locations of errors in actual business documents. Also, com-
study of computational and analytical methods and their application               puterized on-screen proofreading techniques are covered. Students will
to biological problems. Bioinformatics incorporates expertise from the            learn to use popular editing desk references effectively. Prerequisite:
biological sciences, computer science and mathematics to address prob-            BT110 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
lems such as analysis of the human genome, identification of targets for
drug discovery, development of new algorithms and analysis methods,
and molecular evolution. This course provides a survey of the major               BT116 Business Tools and Techniques
issues in bioinformatics and the way these issues are being addressed             Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp
by bioinformaticists. Prerequisite: MTH111 and either BI212 (with a               Maximize your employment opportunities and business skills by learning
grade of C or better) or CS161 (with a grade of C or better); or consent          Microsoft’s most popular information management and communica-
of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.                         tion tool, Microsoft Outlook! Familiarization with this high-powered
                                                                                  organizational tool in a model office environment is the key to using
                                                                                  Microsoft Office software effectively and efficiently. The most current
BT11F Basic Keyboarding
                                                                                  business etiquette techniques will be discussed and reviewed in the
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
                                                                                  use of e-mail, calendaring, handling contacts, and strategies in using
This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no                business telephone systems. The latest technology tools in information
previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic tech-                management will be introduced and discussed in this course. Proficiency
niques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine                Needed: Reading, Writing.
manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proficiency
Needed: Reading.
                                                                                  BT117 Professional Development
                                                                                  Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp
BT11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand
                                                                                  This course is designed to help the student recognize the importance
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk)- Su/F/W/Sp
                                                                                  of intellectual, social, and emotional dimensions while practicing
This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no                the tasks of business situations and making written presentations.
previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand only. The            Emphasis is placed on oral and nonverbal communications, values,
course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed              ethics, organizational conflict and change, and personal development
and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and              in applications of case discussions. Prerequisite: BT116, and the abil-
software. An introductory set of lessons will guide the student through           ity to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency Needed:
learning the alphabetic portion of the keyboard using either the left or          Reading, Writing.
the right hand only. Proficiency Needed: Reading.
                                                                                  BT121 Keyboarding Principles
BT11S Keyboard/Formatting                                                         Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp
                                                                                  This beginning course is for those students with no previous keyboard-
This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge of their         ing instruction or who have not attained the performance requirements
own personal typing needs. After completion of this course, a student             for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong foundation
should be able to format the most commonly used letter, memo, report,             for personal use, covering: 1) correct touch operation of the keyboard;
and table styles encountered in classroom, business, or personal set-             2) straight copy skill of not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability
tings. Prerequisite: Ability to keyboard by touch. Proficiency Needed:
Reading, Writing.

                                                                                                                       See page 96 for explanation of profi-
Course Descriptions                                                         112                                      ciency and other course requirements.
to copy, arrange, and position block style letters, memorandums, and              wpm; BT210YWA, BT210YWB, and BT210YWC, or CIS equivalent of Word
manuscripts with simple footnotes and endnotes; (4) experience and                - Levels, I, II, and III; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed:
understanding of related skills such as centering, tabbing, and compos-           Reading, Writing.
ing at the keyboard. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.
                                                                                  BT210 Software Applications
BT122 Professional Keyboarding                                                    Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) – Su/F/W/Sp
Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp                                  These one-credit hour courses are offered in the most popular software
This advanced keyboarding course with increased emphasis on speed,                suites, as well as other general software courses. This includes word
accuracy, and professional standards is for those students who meet               processing (Word and WordPerfect), spreadsheets (Excel), databases
the performance requirements for keyboarding principles or with one               (Access), presentations (PowerPoint), and operating system software.
to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. To prepare a student            Grading options include letter, pass/no pass, and audit. Maximum of
as a job-entry keyboardist, the course will cover (1) straight copy skill         four credit hours per term may be taken. Students will receive individual
of not less than 40 correct words a minute for five minutes within                 assistance accompanying their hands-on learning under the guidance
a 5-error allotment, (2) ability to copy and arrange memorandums,                 of instructors and trained assistants. Labs are open days, evenings,
block and modified block letters, tables, and reports and manuscripts,             and weeke